aswipll and as3010 systemsas3010 systems - …€¦ · system description contents 25030311-11...

302
Leading the World in Wireless DSL ASWipLL and ASWipLL and ASWipLL and ASWipLL and AS3010 Systems AS3010 Systems AS3010 Systems AS3010 Systems Wireless IP-Based Local Loop System Release 4.8 System Description

Upload: doduong

Post on 04-Jun-2018

213 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Leading the World in Wireless DSL

ASWipLL and ASWipLL and ASWipLL and ASWipLL and

AS3010 SystemsAS3010 SystemsAS3010 SystemsAS3010 Systems Wireless IP-Based Local Loop System

Release 4.8

System Description

The ASWipLL product bears the CE marking. This CE marking demonstrates ASWipLL's full compliance with applicable European Union (EU) directives:

The ASWipLL product bears the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) marking, demonstrating full compliance with UL's safety requirements:

ASWipLL products bear the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) marking, demonstrating compliance with FCC Part 15 regulations.

Revision Record: ASWipLL System Description Pub/ Rev Date Update Description

- Nov-00 First edition and printing. Author: MCIL - Mar-01 ASWipLL Release 1.4 (Marconi) - Apr-01 ASWipLL Release 2.0 (Marconi) - Jul-01 ASWipLL Release 2.2 (Marconi) - Nov-01 ASWipLL Release 2.6 (Marconi) - Jun-02 ASWipLL Release 3.0A (Marconi)

01 Mar-03 ASWipLL Release 4.0. Author: MD. Formatting based on Airspans template; SDTA deleted; Updating of content.

02 Apr-03 ASWipLL Release 4.0 and 4.1 Author: MD (corrections) 03 June-03 ASWipLL Release 4.2. Auth: MD. 04 Jul-03 ASWipLL Release 4.2A. Auth: MD. Updates: Bridging; PPR; SDA-4S models 05 Jul-03 ASWipLL Release 4.2A. Auth: MD. Updates: 2.8 GHz; 5.8 GHz; Product List 06 Oct-03 ASWipLL & AS3010 4.2B. Auth: MD. Updates: 900 MHz; Auto Negotiation;

SDA-4S/VLtag; BSR dual ext. antenna; wire-coloring. 07 Feb-04 ASWipLL & AS3010 4.4. Auth: MD. Updates: 700 MHz; Asymmetric CIR/MIR;

transp. bridging phase III; Antenna patterns 08 Aug-04 Rel. 4.6. Auth: MD. Updates: SDA-1/DC; RSS LED Adapter; SDA-1/48V 09 Feb-05 Rel. 4.8. Auth: MD. Updates: ext antennas; SDA-E1; TDMoIP. 10 Mar-05 Rel. 4.8. Auth: MD. Updates: int antennas; freq chart. 11 Mar-05 Rel. 4.8. Auth: MD. Updates: prod specs; BSR routing table.

Publication No. 25030311-11

Copyright by Airspan Networks Inc., 2004. All rights reserved worldwide. The information contained in this document is proprietary and is subject to all relevant copyright, patent and other laws protecting intellectual property, as well as any specific agreement protecting Airspan Networks Inc. rights in the aforesaid information. Neither this document nor the information contained herein may be published, reproduced or disclosed to third parties, in whole or in part, without the express, prior, written permission of Airspan Networks Inc. In addition, any use of this document or the information contained herein for any purposes other than those for which it was disclosed is strictly forbidden. Airspan Networks Inc. reserves the right, without prior notice or liability, to make changes in equipment design or specifications. Information supplied by Airspan Networks Inc. is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed by Airspan Networks Inc. for the use thereof nor for the rights of third parties which may be effected in any way by the use thereof. Any representation(s) in this document concerning performance of Airspan Networks Inc. product(s) are for informational purposes only and are not warranties of future performance, either express or implied. Airspan Networks Inc. standard limited warranty, stated in its sales contract or order confirmation form, is the only warranty offered by Airspan Networks Inc. in relation thereto. This document may contain flaws, omissions or typesetting errors; no warranty is granted nor liability assumed in relation thereto unless specifically undertaken in Airspan Networks Inc. sales contract or order confirmation. Information contained herein is periodically updated and changes will be incorporated into subsequent editions. If you have encountered an error, please notify Airspan Networks Inc. All specifications are subject to change without prior notice.

Main Operations: Airspan Communications Ltd. Cambridge House Oxford Road Uxbridge Middlesex UB8 1UN United Kingdom Tel: (+44) 1895 467 100

Headquarters: Airspan Networks Inc. 777 Yamato Road Suite 105 Boca Raton, FL 33431 USA Tel: (+1) 561 893 8670 Fax: (+1) 561 893 8671

Web site: http//www.Airspan.com Customer Service (TAC): [email protected]

This page is intentionally left blank.

System Descript ion Contents

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. v

Contents

1. Introduction............................................................................................. 1-1 1.1. Main Features.................................................................................... 1-3 1.2. Customer Benefits ............................................................................. 1-4 1.3. System Architecture........................................................................... 1-5

1.3.1. Base Station Site................................................................. 1-6 1.3.2. Subscriber Site.................................................................... 1-9

1.3.2.1. Outdoor Radio with Indoor Ethernet Switch/Hub ... 1-9 1.3.2.2. Indoor Radio Only ............................................... 1-12

1.3.3. Network Management Tools.............................................. 1-14 1.4. Applications ..................................................................................... 1-15

1.4.1. Broadband Data Access.................................................... 1-15 1.4.2. High Speed Internet Access .............................................. 1-16 1.4.3. Voice over IP..................................................................... 1-17 1.4.4. Traffic Engineering in Multi-Tenant Application.................. 1-18

1.4.4.1. VLAN Tagging .................................................... 1-18 1.4.4.2. Without VLAN Tagging........................................ 1-20

1.4.5. Repeater Solution.............................................................. 1-21 1.4.6. TDM over Packet Solution................................................. 1-22 1.4.7. ASWipLL Low-Speed Vehicle Solution .............................. 1-23

2. ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer ....................................... 2-1 2.1. Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum ............................................... 2-2 2.2. Modulation ......................................................................................... 2-4 2.3. Operating Frequency Bands .............................................................. 2-6 2.4. Standards Compliance....................................................................... 2-8

Contents System Descript ion

vi Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

2.5. RF Antennas...................................................................................... 2-8 2.5.1. Dual Antenna Receive Diversity ........................................ 2-10 2.5.2. ASWipLL 700 .................................................................... 2-10 2.5.3. RF Planning Considerations for Band-C in FCC Markets .. 2-11

2.6. Radio Planning ................................................................................ 2-12 2.6.1. Main Technical Parameters............................................... 2-13 2.6.2. System Coverage.............................................................. 2-14

2.6.2.1. Line of Sight........................................................ 2-14 2.6.2.2. Link Budget......................................................... 2-14

2.6.3. Interference Analysis: FDD vs. TDD.................................. 2-18 2.6.4. Frequency Allocation......................................................... 2-20

2.6.4.1. Synchronized versus Unsynchronized Operation 2-20 2.6.4.2. Frequency Allocation .......................................... 2-22

2.6.5. Capacity Considerations.................................................... 2-23 2.6.5.1. General............................................................... 2-23 2.6.5.2. VoIP Bandwidth and Simultaneous Calls ............ 2-24 2.6.5.3. Data Bandwidth................................................... 2-24 2.6.5.4. Calculation Example ........................................... 2-25

2.6.6. Selecting an Appropriate Operation Mode......................... 2-25 2.6.6.1. ASWipLL Multiple Modes .................................... 2-25 2.6.6.2. System Range Considerations............................ 2-26 2.6.6.3. Interference Rejection......................................... 2-29 2.6.6.4. System Capacity Calculations Based on FSK

Modulation............................................................ 2-30 2.6.6.5. Conclusion .......................................................... 2-32

2.6.7. Radio Planning Software Tool ........................................... 2-33

3. ASWipLLs Air MAC Protocol ................................................................ 3-1 3.1. MAC Protocol Features...................................................................... 3-1 3.2. Preemptive Polling Multiple Access Protocol ..................................... 3-2

3.2.1. Slotted Aloha Process ......................................................... 3-3 3.2.2. Packet Transmission ........................................................... 3-3

System Descript ion Contents

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. vii

3.2.3. Polling Sequence ................................................................ 3-4 3.2.4. PPMA vs. CSMA ................................................................. 3-4

4. ASWipLL Networking ............................................................................. 4-1 4.1. IP Routing.......................................................................................... 4-2

4.1.1. Multiple IP Subnets ............................................................. 4-3 4.1.2. Increased Network Efficiency - No Broadcast Packets ........ 4-3 4.1.3. Support for DHCP Relay Agent ........................................... 4-3 4.1.4. Eliminates Need for External Routers.................................. 4-4 4.1.5. Interoperability with Third-Party IP Routers ......................... 4-4 4.1.6. Efficient Air IP Subnet Addressing....................................... 4-4 4.1.7. RFC 1918............................................................................ 4-6

4.2. PPPoE Bridging ................................................................................. 4-7 4.2.1. PPPoE Limitations............................................................... 4-8 4.2.2. PPPoE Bridging and IP Routing Support ............................. 4-9

4.3. 802.1Q/p Support .............................................................................. 4-9 4.3.1. IP Routing ......................................................................... 4-11 4.3.2. PPPoE .............................................................................. 4-11

4.4. Transparent Bridging ....................................................................... 4-12 4.5. Quality of Service............................................................................. 4-13

4.5.1. ASWipLL End-to-End QoS ................................................ 4-15 4.5.1.1. DiffServ/TOS....................................................... 4-16 4.5.1.2. 802.1p................................................................. 4-17

4.6. Bandwidth Management .................................................................. 4-18 4.6.1. MIR and CIR ..................................................................... 4-18

4.6.1.1. MIR..................................................................... 4-19 4.6.1.2. CIR ..................................................................... 4-20

4.6.2. CIR Proportional Degradation............................................ 4-21 4.6.3. ASWipLL CIR/MIR and VoIP ............................................. 4-22 4.6.4. ASWipLL CIR/MIR and Modem Rate................................. 4-23 4.6.5. Fairness ............................................................................ 4-23

Contents System Descript ion

viii Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

4.7. Security ........................................................................................... 4-25 4.7.1. Layer 1: Frequency Hopping ............................................. 4-25 4.7.2. Layer 2 .............................................................................. 4-26

4.7.2.1. PPMA ................................................................. 4-26 4.7.2.2. Authentication (PPMA)........................................ 4-26 4.7.2.3. Encryption........................................................... 4-27 4.7.2.4. PPPoE Bridging .................................................. 4-27 4.7.2.5. 802.1Q................................................................ 4-28

4.7.3. Layers 3 to 7 ..................................................................... 4-29 4.7.3.1. IP Filtering........................................................... 4-29 4.7.3.2. Intracom.............................................................. 4-30 4.7.3.3. Management (SNMP) ......................................... 4-30

5. ASWipLL Voice-over-IP Solution........................................................... 5-1 5.1. Main Features.................................................................................... 5-1 5.2. Interconnection with PSTN................................................................. 5-2 5.3. Number of Supported VoIP Calls ....................................................... 5-2 5.4. VoIP Related Capabilities .................................................................. 5-3

6. ASWipLL TDMoP Solution ..................................................................... 6-1 6.1. TDMoP Applications .......................................................................... 6-2

6.1.1. Full E1/T1 Point-to-Point ..................................................... 6-2 6.1.2. Fractional E1 Point-to-Point................................................. 6-4 6.1.3. Point-to-Point V.35 .............................................................. 6-4

6.2. SDA-E1 Device.................................................................................. 6-6 6.2.1. Hardware Interfaces ............................................................ 6-7 6.2.2. Connector Pinouts............................................................... 6-7

6.2.2.1. 15-Pin D-Type....................................................... 6-8 6.2.2.2. 8-Pin RJ-45 (E1) ................................................... 6-8 6.2.2.3. 8-Pin RJ-45 (LAN)................................................. 6-9 6.2.2.4. 9-pin D-type .......................................................... 6-9

6.2.3. LED Indicators................................................................... 6-10

System Descript ion Contents

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. ix

6.2.4. Network Management ....................................................... 6-11 6.2.5. Specifications .................................................................... 6-12

7. ASWipLL Base Station Devices............................................................. 7-1 7.1. Base Station Radio (BSR) ................................................................. 7-3

7.1.1. BSR Models ........................................................................ 7-5 7.1.1.1. BSR with Integrated, Flat-Panel Antenna.............. 7-5 7.1.1.2. BSR with N-Type Connector for Third-Party

External Antenna.................................................... 7-6 7.1.2. Standard Accessories.......................................................... 7-7 7.1.3. Hardware Interfaces ............................................................ 7-8 7.1.4. Connector Pinouts............................................................... 7-8

7.1.4.1. 15-pin D-type Connector (Ethernet) ...................... 7-8 7.1.4.2. 9-pin D-type Connector (Serial)........................... 7-10

7.1.5. Network Management ....................................................... 7-11 7.1.6. Technical Specifications .................................................... 7-11

7.2. Base Station Distribution Unit (BSDU) ............................................. 7-14 7.2.1. Hardware Interfaces .......................................................... 7-15 7.2.2. LED Indicators................................................................... 7-16

7.2.2.1. BSRs LEDs ........................................................ 7-16 7.2.2.2. 100Base-T LEDs................................................. 7-17 7.2.2.3. Status LEDs........................................................ 7-17

7.2.3. Network Management ....................................................... 7-18 7.2.4. Technical Specifications .................................................... 7-18

7.3. Global Positioning Satellite Antenna ................................................ 7-19 7.3.1. Configurations and Optional Hardware.............................. 7-20 7.3.2. Connector Pinouts............................................................. 7-20 7.3.3. Technical Specifications .................................................... 7-21

7.4. Base Station Power System (BSPS)................................................ 7-22 7.4.1. Features............................................................................ 7-22 7.4.2. System Description ........................................................... 7-23 7.4.3. Main Unit ........................................................................... 7-24

Contents System Descript ion

x Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

7.4.3.1. Rectifier Module .................................................. 7-26 7.4.3.2. System Controller ............................................... 7-30

7.4.4. DC Distribution Unit ........................................................... 7-33 7.4.4.1. Specifications...................................................... 7-34

7.4.5. Battery Unit ....................................................................... 7-36 7.5. Typical Base Station Configurations ................................................ 7-36

7.5.1. Base Station with Single BSR............................................ 7-37 7.5.2. Multi-Layer Base Station ................................................... 7-38

8. ASWipLL CPE Devices........................................................................... 8-1 8.1. Subscriber Premises Radio (SPR)..................................................... 8-3

8.1.1. SPR Models ........................................................................ 8-4 8.1.1.1. SPR with Integrated, Flat-Panel Antenna.............. 8-4 8.1.1.2. SPR with N-Type Connector for Third-Party

External Antenna.................................................... 8-6 8.1.2. Standard Accessories.......................................................... 8-7 8.1.3. Hardware Interfaces ............................................................ 8-7 8.1.4. Connector Pinouts............................................................... 8-8

8.1.4.1. 15-Pin D-Type Connector (Ethernet)..................... 8-8 8.1.4.2. 15-Pin D-Type Connector (Serial) ......................... 8-9 8.1.4.3. 9-pin D-type Connector (for Previous

SPR Models) ........................................................ 8-11 8.1.5. Network Management ....................................................... 8-11 8.1.6. Technical Specifications .................................................... 8-12

8.2. Subscriber Data Adapter (SDA) ....................................................... 8-15 8.2.1. SDA Models ...................................................................... 8-16 8.2.2. SDA-4S Models................................................................. 8-16

8.2.2.1. Hardware Interfaces............................................ 8-18 8.2.2.2. Connector Pinouts .............................................. 8-18 8.2.2.3. LED Indicators .................................................... 8-20 8.2.2.4. Specifications...................................................... 8-21

System Descript ion Contents

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. xi

8.2.3. SDA-4H............................................................................. 8-23 8.2.3.1. Hardware Interfaces............................................ 8-24 8.2.3.2. Connector Pinouts .............................................. 8-24 8.2.3.3. LED Indicators .................................................... 8-26 8.2.3.4. Specifications...................................................... 8-28

8.2.4. SDA-1 ............................................................................... 8-29 8.2.4.1. Hardware Interfaces............................................ 8-29 8.2.4.2. Connector Pinouts .............................................. 8-30 8.2.4.3. Specifications...................................................... 8-31

8.2.5. SDA-1/DC ......................................................................... 8-32 8.2.5.1. Hardware Interfaces............................................ 8-33 8.2.5.2. Connector Pinouts .............................................. 8-33 8.2.5.3. LED Indicator ...................................................... 8-35 8.2.5.4. Specifications...................................................... 8-35

8.3. RSS LED Plug Adapter.................................................................... 8-36 8.3.1. Physical Dimensions ......................................................... 8-36 8.3.2. Hardware Interfaces .......................................................... 8-36 8.3.3. Connector Pinouts............................................................. 8-37

8.3.3.1. Adapter-to-SPR Cabling...................................... 8-37 8.3.3.2. Adapter-to-SDA Cabling...................................... 8-40

8.3.4. LED Indicators................................................................... 8-41 8.4. Indoor Data Radio (IDR) .................................................................. 8-42

8.4.1. IDR Models ....................................................................... 8-44 8.4.1.1. IDR with Integrated, Flat-Panel Antenna ............. 8-44 8.4.1.2. IDR with TNC-type Connector for Third-Party

External Antenna.................................................. 8-45 8.4.2. Hardware Interfaces .......................................................... 8-45 8.4.3. Connector Pinouts............................................................. 8-45

8.4.3.1. 8-Pin RJ-45 Connector (Ethernet) ....................... 8-46 8.4.3.2. RJ-11 Connector (Serial)...................................... 8-46 8.4.3.3. 6-Pin Molex Connector (Power) ........................... 8-47

Contents System Descript ion

xii Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

8.4.4. LED Indicators................................................................... 8-47 8.4.5. Technical Specifications .................................................... 8-49

9. ASWipLL Point-to-Point Radio .............................................................. 9-1 9.1. PPR Models and Radio Coverage ..................................................... 9-3

9.1.1. PPR with Integrated, Flat-Panel Antenna ............................ 9-3 9.1.2. PPR with N-Type Connector for Third-Party External

Antenna ............................................................................. 9-4 9.2. Standard Accessories ........................................................................ 9-5 9.3. Hardware Interfaces .......................................................................... 9-5 9.4. Connector Pinouts ............................................................................. 9-6

9.4.1. 15-Pin D-Type Connector (Ethernet) ................................... 9-6 9.4.2. 9-Pin D-Type Connector (Serial) ......................................... 9-7

9.5. Network Management........................................................................ 9-7 9.6. Technical Specifications .................................................................... 9-8

10. ASWipLL AutoConnect ........................................................................ 10-1 10.1. AutoConnect Process .................................................................... 10-1

10.1.1. Continual AutoConnect.................................................... 10-2 10.1.2. AutoConnect with Redirection ......................................... 10-3

10.2. Reliability ....................................................................................... 10-6

11. ASWipLL Redundancy ......................................................................... 11-1 11.1. BSR Redundancy .......................................................................... 11-1

11.1.1. Redundancy Based on AutoConnect............................... 11-2 11.1.2. Redundancy Based on Duplicated Air MAC Addresses... 11-4

11.2. Power Redundancy ....................................................................... 11-6 11.2.1. BSPS Unit ....................................................................... 11-6

11.2.1.1. Battery Backup Power....................................... 11-6 11.2.1.2. Rectifier N + 1 Redundancy .............................. 11-7

11.2.2. UPS Unit ......................................................................... 11-7

System Descript ion Contents

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. xiii

12. Management System ............................................................................ 12-1 12.1. Main Features................................................................................ 12-2 12.2. WipManage ................................................................................... 12-3

12.2.1. Network Topology ........................................................... 12-4 12.2.2. Alarm and Event Management ........................................ 12-8 12.2.3. Configuration................................................................. 12-10 12.2.4. Performance Monitoring ................................................ 12-11 12.2.5. Security ......................................................................... 12-12 12.2.6. ASWipLL Database ....................................................... 12-12

12.3. WipConfig .................................................................................... 12-13 12.4. WipConfig PDA............................................................................ 12-14 12.5. WipAD ......................................................................................... 12-15 12.6. WipLL DB Upgrade...................................................................... 12-16

A. Glossary of Terms ..................................................................................A-1

B. ASWipLL Product List............................................................................B-1

C. ASWipLL Feature List ............................................................................C-1

D. IP Routing / PPPoE vs. Transparent Bridging ......................................D-1

E. ASWipLL MTBF Ratings.........................................................................E-1

F. ASWipLL Integrated Antenna Specifications ....................................... F-1

G. Declaration of FCC Conformity............................................................. G-1

Contents System Descript ion

xiv Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

This page is intentionally left blank.

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 1-1

IntroductionIntroductionIntroductionIntroduction Airspan's ASWipLL system provides a low-cost, high-performance point-to-multipoint frequency hopping- and IP-based broadband wireless access (BWA) solution. ASWipLL provides wireless local-loop (last-mile) connectivity designed to deliver high-speed data, Voice over IP (VoIP), and multimedia services to residential, SOHO, and small to medium enterprises. Delivering "always-on", high-speed Internet access and traditional voice services, ASWipLL offers service providers an integrated, scalable access solution providing quick-to-market deployment and low-market entry cost for broadband services.

ASWipLL operates in both the licensed bands (3.x GHz ranging from 3.3 to 3.8 GHz, 2.8 GHz, 2.5 GHz Multichannel Multipoint Distribution Services MMDS, 2.3 GHz, 1.5 GHz, 925 MHz, and 700 MHz), and unlicensed bands (5.8 GHz, 2.4 GHz ISM, and 900 MHz).

1

Introduction System Descript ion

1-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Each ASWipLL Base Station can support thousands of subscribers, providing each sector with high connectivity speeds of up to 4 Mbps. ASWipLL utilizes air protocol technology for wireless packet switching using Frequency Hopping technology. ASWipLL's in-house Preemptive Polling Multiple Access (PPMA) Air MAC protocol technology, which recognizes transmission type and allocates bandwidth, is highly efficient80% throughput (i.e. 80% of 4 Mbps produces 3.2 Mbps net capacity)allowing multiple concurrent subscribers to utilize bandwidth over only a 1.33-MHz channel.

ASWipLL enables interconnection with the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) by using an IP-to-PSTN gateway. ASWipLL supports VoIP by offering interoperability with a wide range of third-party products such as residential gateways (RGW), access gateways, gatekeepers, and softswitches.

ASWipLL introduces real-time adaptive modulation (2-, 4-, 8-level FSK) and auto retransmission request (ARQ); features offering high quality services whilst maximizing spectrum utilization.

ASWipLL provides bandwidth management by supporting both asymmetric and aggregated committed information rate (CIR) and maximum information rate (MIR), guaranteeing bandwidth levels to subscribers.

ASWipLL supports broadband services such as VLANs and VPNs based on IEEE 802.1Q/p. ASWipLL supports IP routing and PPPoE bridging, as well as transparent bridging.

ASWipLL provides embedded security features such as IP (packet) filtering based on addresses, protocols, and applications.

The ASWipLL system supports SNMP-based management, allowing remote fault, configuration, performance, and security management of the entire ASWipLL system. This includes remote simultaneous software upgrade of multiple ASWipLL devices.

System Descript ion Introduction

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 1-3

1.1. Main Features The ASWipLL system provides the following main features:

! Low initial investment, maximum return on investment (ROI)

! Modular, scalable architecture, providing flexible deployment architectures

! Packet-based air interface supporting high-speed data, VoIP, and multimedia services

! Simultaneous high-speed data and telephonyup to 4 Mbps (3.2 Mbps net) per sector

! "Always-on" high-speed Internet

! Large cell coverageup to 38 km

! Compact, integrated design allowing easy and quick deployment

! Advanced Quality of Service, supporting DiffServ and IEEE802.1p

! Simultaneous support of IP routing and PPPoE bridging

! Supports transparent bridging, allowing easy IP addressing schemes

! Sophisticated bandwidth managementsymmetric/asymmetric CIR and MIR

! Supports 802.1Q for VLANs/VPNs

! Provides automatic connection and configuration of first-time powered-on, unconfigured subscriber devices

! Supports configuration files, allowing the same configuration settings to be applied to multiple ASWipLL devices

! Base Station (i.e. BSR) redundancy using ASWipLLs AutoConnect feature ! Power redundancy when using the BSPS unit ! Supports local and remote SNMP-based management, providing an intuitive

GUI for easy management

Introduction System Descript ion

1-4 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

1.2. Customer Benefits The ASWipLL system offers the following customer benefits and advantages over competitors:

! No IF or RF cables required for indoor unit-to-outdoor unit (IDU-to-ODU) connectivity. Instead, ASWipLL uses standard CAT-5 Ethernet cables, providing cost-effective and easy installation.

! Scalability and modular Base Station architecture, allowing customers to add equipment when needed, thereby, allowing low initial cost entry and pay-as-you-grow strategy. Unlike competitors, the ASWipLL Base Station is not a chassis-based design, and, therefore, provides flexibility and space-saving at Base Stations.

! ASWipLL's open architecture allows interoperability with multi-vendor products such as residential gateways (RGW), access gateways, gatekeepers, and softswitches, thereby, operating seamlessly in multi-vendor environments.

! ASWipLLs proprietary PPMA Air MAC protocol is highly efficient80% throughputallowing multiple concurrent subscribers to utilize bandwidth without network degradation (from collisions and high BER).

! Long-distance radio coverage of up to 38 km.

! Functions as both an IP router and a transparent bridge.

! Supports transparent bridging for easy implementation of IP addressing schemes. ! ASWipLLs IP routing provides efficiency and eliminates the need for additional

hardware. ! Enhanced QoS, based on IP addresses, protocols, and applications. ! End-to-end QoS based on DiffServ/TOS and 802.1p. ! Quick-and-easy installation and configuration using ASWipLL's AutoConnect

feature. ! Embedded security features such as IP (packet) filtering based on addresses,

protocols, and applications. ! Rich networking packages such as 802.1Q/p VLANs/VPNs.

System Descript ion Introduction

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 1-5

1.3. System Architecture The ASWipLL system architecture is composed of the following three basic areas:

! Base Station site: consists of ASWipLL access units that interface between the providers backbone and the ASWipLL subscriber sites.

! Subscriber site: consists of ASWipLL customer premises equipment (CPE) that interfaces between the Base Station and the subscribers network.

! Network operations center (NOC) tools: Windows- and SNMP-based programs, providing fault, configuration, performance, and security management.

Figure 1-1 displays a block diagram of the main areas of the ASWipLL system.

Figure 1-1: ASWipLL System Architecture

Introduction System Descript ion

1-6 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

1.3.1. Base Station Site The ASWipLL Base Station interfaces between the subscriber sites and the service provider's backbone, providing subscribers with high-speed data, Internet, and VoIP services.

The ASWipLL Base Station is comprised of the following units (some optional):

! Base Station Radio (BSR):

The BSR is an outdoor radio unit, typically mounted on a pole or wall, involved in providing a wireless link between the Base Station and subscribers. The standard BSR provides 60-degree radio coverage, serving up to 252 subscribers in a sector.

The BSR is available in various models that either provides built-in antennas or N-type ports for attaching a third-party antenna(s) for increasing radio coverage or providing dual antenna diversity.

For Base Stations consisting of multiple BSRs, the BSRs connect to the ASWipLL Base Station Distribution Unit (BSDU), which provides the interface to the providers backbone, and power. For a Base Station consisting of a single BSR, the BSR is typically powered and connected to the providers backbone by the ASWipLL Subscriber Data Adapter (SDA).

! Point-to-Point Radio (PPR):

The PPR is similar to the BSR, but implemented in a point-to-point radio application, providing wireless communication with a single remote subscriber (i.e. ASWipLL Subscriber Premises Radio).

System Descript ion Introduction

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 1-7

! Base Station Distribution Unit (BSDU):

The BSDU is an Ethernet switch implemented at Base Stations consisting of multiple BSRs. The BSDU provides 100Base-T interface between the BSRs and the provider's backbone. The BSDU is also responsible for providing BSRs with 48 VDC power supply and frequency hop synchronization for multiple BSDUs and BSRs.

The BSDU is installed indoors in a standard 19-inch cabinet, connecting to the BSRs by standard CAT-5 cables. Each BSDU can service a maximum of six BSRs. In addition, up to four BSDUs can be daisy-chained at a Base Station, supporting up to 24 BSRs. Therefore, a Base Station at maximum configuration can serve up to 6,048 subscribers (i.e. 24 BSRs multiplied by 252 subscribers).

! Subscriber Data Adapter (SDA):

The SDA is typically implemented at the subscriber site; however, it is also implemented at Base Stations consisting of a single BSR. The SDA provides the BSR with -48 VDC power supply and Ethernet interface to the provider's backbone.

The SDA is installed indoors and connected to the BSR by a CAT-5 cable.

! Base Station Power Supply (BSPS):

The BSPS is an optional unit that provides the ASWipLL Base Station with 48 VDC power supply and power redundancy. The BSPS is installed at the Base Station site in a standard 19-inch cabinet. The BSPS connects to, and services a maximum of four BSDUs.

Introduction System Descript ion

1-8 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

! Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna:

The GPS antenna is a rugged, self-contained GPS receiver and antenna that receives a universal GPS satellite clock signal. The GPS is an optional unit that connects to the BSDU. The GPS synchronizes frequency hopping of multiple Base Stations ensuring that the entire ASWipLL network operates with the same clock based on a universal satellite clock signal, and, thereby, eliminating radio frequency ghosting effects.

Figure 1-2 shows a Base Station configuration with daisy-chained BSDUs (i.e. 24 BSRs, 4 BSDUs, 1 BSPS, and 1 GPS).

BSR

BSDU

BSR BSR BSR BSR BSRBSR

BSDU

BSR BSR BSR BSR BSRBSR

BSDU

BSR BSR BSR BSR BSRBSRBSRBSRBSR

BSDUBSDUBSDUBSDU

----48484848 VDCVDCVDCVDC

100B100B100B100BaseTaseTaseTaseT BSPSBSPSBSPSBSPS

BSRBSRBSRBSR BSRBSRBSRBSR BSRBSRBSRBSR BSSSSR BSRBSRBSRBSR

GPSGPSGPSGPS

BackboneBackboneBackboneBackbone(IP, ATM,FR, MPLS)(IP, ATM,FR, MPLS)(IP, ATM,FR, MPLS)(IP, ATM,FR, MPLS)

Interface unit Interface unit Interface unit Interface unit (e.g. router, switch)(e.g. router, switch)(e.g. router, switch)(e.g. router, switch)

BSR

BSDU

BSR BSR BSR BSR BSRBSR

BSDU

BSR BSR BSR BSR BSRBSR

BSDU

BSR BSR BSR BSR BSRBSRBSRBSRBSR

BSDUBSDUBSDUBSDU

----48484848 VDCVDCVDCVDC

100B100B100B100BaseTaseTaseTaseT BSPSBSPSBSPSBSPS

BSRBSRBSRBSR BSRBSRBSRBSR BSRBSRBSRBSR BSSSSR BSRBSRBSRBSR

GPSGPSGPSGPS

BackboneBackboneBackboneBackbone(IP, ATM,FR, MPLS)(IP, ATM,FR, MPLS)(IP, ATM,FR, MPLS)(IP, ATM,FR, MPLS)

Interface unit Interface unit Interface unit Interface unit (e.g. router, switch)(e.g. router, switch)(e.g. router, switch)(e.g. router, switch)

Figure 1-2: ASWipLL Base Station at maximum configuration

System Descript ion Introduction

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 1-9

1.3.2. Subscriber Site The ASWipLL subscriber site is located at the subscriber's premises. The ASWipLL subscriber site consists of a radio transceiver that receives and transmits signals from and to the Base Station. The radio transceiver provides the subscriber with high-speed data access, Internet access, and VoIP at up to 4 Mbps. The ASWipLL radios interface to the subscriber's Ethernet network either through a hub or switch, or directly, depending on the ASWipLL radio model.

Note: For VoIP support, Airspan can provide a third-party residential gateway(RGW). The RGW typically provides two POTS ports for telephony, a 10BaseTLAN port for subscriber PC/network, and a 10BaseT port for connecting to theSDA or IDR (depending on subscriber site configuration).

The ASWipLL system provides two different subscriber site configurations:

! Outdoor radio with indoor Ethernet switch/hub

! Indoor radio only

1.3.2.1. Outdoor Radio with Indoor Ethernet Switch/Hub

The outdoor radio with indoor Ethernet switch/hub configuration consists of the ASWipLL Subscriber Premises Radio (SPR) and the ASWipLL Subscriber Data Adapter (SDA), respectively. These two devices are described below:

! Subscriber Premises Radio (SPR):

The SPR is the outdoor radio transceiver that provides a wireless link between the subscribers network and the Base Station.

The SPR connects to the subscribers network through the ASWipLL SDA, an Ethernet hub or switch (depending on SDA model). The SDA provides the SPR with DC power, lightening protection, and Ethernet (10Base-T and/or 100Base-T) interface to the subscribers PCs/network (up to four PCs depending on SDA model). The SPR connects to the SDA by a standard CAT-5 cable.

The SPR is mounted outside, typically on an external wall or on a pole to provide a clear line-of-site with the Base Station.

Introduction System Descript ion

1-10 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

The SPR is available in various models that either provide built-in antennas or N-type ports for attaching a third-party antenna for increasing radio coverage (antenna gain).

! Subscriber Data Adapter (SDA):

The SDA is a switch or hub (depending on model), providing the SPR with -48 VDC power supply (from AC power outlet), lightening protection, and 10/100Base-T interface to the subscribers PCs/network.

The SDA is installed indoors and can be mounted on a wall or simply placed on a desktop. The SDA connects to the SPR by a standard CAT-5 cable.

The SDA is available in the following models:

! SDA-1: hub that provides one 10BaseT interface to the subscribers computer or LAN network if connected to another hub or a switch.

! SDA-1/DC: adapter that provides Ethernet (one 10BaseT) and regulated 48 VDC power to the SPR. This model can be powered from a power source of 10 to 52 VDC (e.g. from a solar panel or car lighter, which typically provide 12 VDC). This model is typically implemented in mobile wireless applications, e.g. in a car or truck.

! SDA-4H: hub that provides four 10BaseT interfaces to the subscribers computers and/or networks. One of the 10BaseT ports provides crossover cabling for interfacing to another hub or LAN switch. Alternatively, it may be connected to another PC via a crossed Ethernet cable.

! SDA-4S: integrated LAN switches, providing four 10/100BaseT interfaces to the subscribers PCs/network. The ports of the SDA-4S models support Auto Negotiation, allowing automatic configuration for the highest possible speed link: 10BaseT or 100BaseT, and Full Duplex or Half Duplex mode. In other words, the speed of the connected device (e.g., a PC) determines the speed at which packets are transmitted through the SDA-4S port. For example, if the device to which the port is connected is running at 100 Mbps, the port connection will transmit packets at 100 Mbps. If the device to which the port is connected is running at 10 Mbps, the port connection will transmit packets at 10 Mbps.

System Descript ion Introduction

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 1-11

The SDA-4S ports also support automatic MDI/MDI-X crossover detection, allowing connection of straight-through or crossover CAT-5 cables to any port.

The SDA-4S is available in the following models:

− SDA-4S (standard): standard integrated LAN switch, providing four 10/100BaseT interfaces to the subscribers computers. This model is ideal for SOHO implementation.

− SDA-4S/DC: integrated LAN switch, providing four 10/100BaseT interfaces and especially designed for implementation where available power supply is DC (10 to 52 VDC), e.g. from a solar panel or car lighter, which typically provide 12 VDC. This model provides regulated 48 VDC power to the SPR.

− SDA-4S/VL: provides VLANs between ports and the SPR, ensuring privacy between LAN users of the different ports. For example, all users connected to Port 1 do not "see" users connected to Port 2. This model is ideal for multi-tenant (VLAN security) implementation.

− SDA-4S/VLtag: ideal for multi-tenant applications where traffic engineering and privacy is required. SDA-4S/VLtag assigns a specific VLAN ID to traffic, based on the SDA-4S/Vltag port at which the traffic arrives. The VLAN IDs are fixed (since SDA-4S/VLtag is not user configurable). SPR converts the four VLAN IDs tagged by SDA-4S/VLtag to four VLAN IDs configured through ASWipLLs network management system (WipManage). The tag conversion is performed by SPR before sending the traffic to the air and vice versa when coming from the air.

− SDA-4S/1H3L: provides a high priority port (left-most port) for VoIP traffic.

− SDA-4S/VL/1H3L: combines the functionality of the SDA-4S/VL and SDA-4S/1H3L models (i.e., VLAN for each port and a high priority port for VoIP).

− SDA-E1: integrated TDMoIP FE1/Ethernet converter with standard SDA features.

Introduction System Descript ion

1-12 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Figure 1-3 displays a typical setup at a susbcriber site implementing an ASWipLL outdoor radio unit (SPR) and an ASWipLL indoor Ethernet switch /hub (SDA).

Figure 1-3: Subscriber site with SPR and SDA units (optional RGW)

1.3.2.2. Indoor Radio Only

The indoor radio configuration consists of the ASWipLL Indoor Data Radio (IDR). The IDR combines the functionality of the SPR and SDA, functioning as a transceiver and a hub. The IDR provides one 10Base-T Ethernet interface to the subscriber's network. The IDR receives its power from a separate power supply unit (AC-DC power adapter).

System Descript ion Introduction

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 1-13

The IDR provides a built-in antenna and a TNC-type port for attaching a third-party antenna for increasing radio coverage (antenna gain) and ensuring line-of-site with the Base Station.

The IDR with a built-in antenna is typically mounted on an interior wall or on a desktop with line-of-site with the Base Station. The antenna of the IDR model with an external antenna is typically mounted outdoors to provide line-of-site with the Base Station.

The IDR can be used for data and voice transmissions. In the case of voice, the IDR uses a third-party RGW to interface with the subscribers IP phone. Figure 1-4 displays a typical setup for data and voice at a susbcriber site implementing a the IDR.

Figure 1-4: Subscriber site with IDR (optional third-party external antenna and RGW)

Introduction System Descript ion

1-14 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

1.3.3. Network Management Tools Airspans ASWipLL system provides comprehensive set of state-of-the-art, use-friendly configuration and management tools for the ASWipLL system. These management tools provide fault, configuration, performance, and security management for the ASWipLL system.

The ASWipLL system provides the following management tools:

! WipManage: Windows-based program, functioning as the ASWipLL network (element) management system (NMS) providing fault, configuration, performance, and security management.

WipManage is based on Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP), providing both local and remote network management.

! WipConfig: Windows-based program, providing serial initial configuration (e.g. IP addresses) of the ASWipLL devices, used typically at the factory, or during installation. WipConfig also provides received signal strength indication (RSSI) for subscriber radios allowing accurate device orientation and positioning for optimal reception with Base Station. In addition, WipConfig provides a license-dependant Spectrum Analyzer that scans a user-defined frequency range, measuring RSSI values for each frequency, and therefore, allowing the operator to choose "clean" frequencies for operating the ASWipLL system.

! WipConfig PDA: designed to run on a personal digital assistant (PDA), providing an alternative tool to WipConfig (described above) for performing initial configuration.

! WipAD: Windows-based program, providing quick-and-easy automatic simultaneous downloading of software version files to multiple ASWipLL devices.

System Descript ion Introduction

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 1-15

1.4. Applications The following subsections provide examples of typical ASWipLL applications.

1.4.1. Broadband Data Access In a non-ASWipLL environment, using a standard PSTN modem in circuit-switched networks, subscribers are limited to 56 Kbps of throughput, and in most cases, to 28.8 Kbps. From the provider's perspective, once a subscriber has dialed up with a PSTN modem, a full channel is occupied for as long as the session lasts.

In contrast, ASWipLL subscribers are limited only by their own configuration, with a maximum of 4 Mbps70 times faster than the fastest PSTN modem. In addition, subscribers do not necessarily consume more bandwidth from the provider, since bandwidth is used only when a data packet is transmitted.

These characteristics of ASWipLL make it suitable for providing data access to subscribers while maintaining best usage of bandwidth and capacity.

Introduction System Descript ion

1-16 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

1.4.2. High Speed Internet Access One of the advantages of ASWipLL is the fact that subscribers are "always on" Internet. This means that there is no dialing process and no need for the hassle involved with dialup access. Subscribers need only to open their Web browser or e-mail to be instantly connected.

ASWipLL can also distinguish between applications and subscribers, thus, enabling the provider to provide different class of service to subscribers. For example, it can provide different services to Web browsing and e-mail by prioritizing Web browsing for ensuring best "Internet experience".

Figure 1-5 shows a typical ASWipLL application for high-speed Internet access.

Figure 1-5: Typical ASWipLL Application for High-Speed Internet Access

System Descript ion Introduction

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 1-17

1.4.3. Voice over IP The ASWipLL system enables providers the flexibility of migration from a data-only network to an integrated Voice-over-IP and data network. The ASWipLL voice solution provides interoperability with any IP-to-PSTN network gateway. The use of the IP-to-PSTN gateway allows providers seamless PSTN connectivity such as SS7 (signaling network), G3-303, and V5.2 over E1, allowing deployment in multi-national markets.

Figure 1-6 shows a typical ASWipLL application for VoIP.

Figure 1-6: Typical ASWipLL Application for VoIP

Introduction System Descript ion

1-18 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

1.4.4. Traffic Engineering in Multi-Tenant Application The ASWipLL system provides high-speed wireless broadband (e.g., Internet) access for multiple-tenant units (MTU). ASWipLL provides a dedicated high-speed connection to the building, and then distributes that bandwidth among the tenants, providing them with a private, secure connection. ASWipLLs MTU solution supports both data and VoIP. When VoIP is required, a third-party VoIP gateway is implemented.

1.4.4.1. VLAN Tagging

The ASWipLL system provides VLAN tagging and traffic engineering in MTU applications in networks that connect to MPLS, ATM, or Frame Relay backbones. The ASWipLL hardware responsible for providing these MTU solutions is the SDA-4S/VLtag Ethernet switch serving up to four tenants, or an external integrated LAN switch (connected to the SDA-4S/VLtag) serving more than four tenants (e.g., 24 ports).

ASWipLL's SDA-4S/VLtag assigns a different VLAN ID (fixed) to traffic from each of its four ports. ASWipLLs SPR converts these four VLAN IDs, tagged by SDA-4S/VLtag, to four VLAN IDs configured by ASWipLLs NMS (WipManage). SPR performs this tag conversion before sending traffic to the air, and when receiving traffic from the air. This VLAN conversion is applicable only when SPR is used as a transparent bridge.

System Descript ion Introduction

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 1-19

Figure 1-7 shows an example of how MTU works in an ATM environment.

Figure 1-7: Multi-tenant solution (i.e., multiple VLANs) in an ATM environment

Introduction System Descript ion

1-20 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

1.4.4.2. Without VLAN Tagging

The ASWipLL system also provides regular VLAN support (without VLAN tagging), providing privacy between tenants in MTU applications. The ASWipLL hardware responsible for providing these MTU solutions is the SDA-4S/VL Ethernet switch serving up to four tenants, or an external third-party integrated LAN switch (connected to the SDA-4S/VL) serving more than four tenants (e.g., 24 ports). The SDA-4S/VL provides VLANs between its ports and the SPR, ensuring privacy between users of different ports. For example, all users connected to Port 1 do not "see" users connected to Port 2.

Figure 1-8: Multi-tenant solution without VLAN tagging, but ensuring privacy between tenants

System Descript ion Introduction

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 1-21

1.4.5. Repeater Solution ASWipLL units can be used to provide repeater functionality. This is implemented in scenarios where the BSR needs to be "extended" to remote subscriber sites that are blocked by obstacles such as trees, hills, and other typical line-of-sight obstructions or that the BSR-SPR (or BSR-IDR) transmission is out-of-range.

Back-to-back Ethernet connectivity of a BSR with an SPR/IDR provides the repeater capability, as illustrated in Figure 1-9.

Figure 1-9: ASWipLL repeater solution

Introduction System Descript ion

1-22 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

In Figure 1-9, BSR A is part of an ASWipLL Base Station connected to the service providers backbone. BSR A serves multiple SPRs, marked as SPR Ai. Two SPRsSPR B1 and SPR B2cannot communicate directly with the Base Station. Therefore, an SPR acts as a repeater by connecting back-to-back with BSR B (SPR B1 and B2 are served by BSR B).

Notes: - Careful planning is required to cope with issues such as interferences and delay that are introduced by the repeater solution. For example, if the system is used as a frequency hopping system, GPS may be required at each base station. - Space and frequency isolation between the "repeater SPR" and BSR B is required. - Bandwidth management should be calculated to support the "repeater bandwidth". - IP addressing and routing tables should be configured to support the repeater solution.

1.4.6. TDM over Packet Solution ASWipLL supports TDM over packet (TDMoP) solutions, including the following E1/T1 and leased lines applications:

! Full E1/T1 PTP

! Fractional E1/T1 point-to-point (PTP)

! V.35 point-to-point

In these applications, ASWipLL transmits E1/T1 or V.35 traffic over a wireless Ethernet path established by the ASWipLL radios. E1/T1 over Ethernet (TDMoP) is accomplished using the ASWipLL SDA-E1 device, which is an E1/T1-Ethernet converter. V.35 over Ethernet is accomplished using a third-party V.35-Ethernet converter (manufactured by Arranto). These devices are located behind the ASWipLL radios. Thus, ASWipLL provides transparent E1/T1-over-Ethernet and V.35-over-Ethernet traffic conversion.

System Descript ion Introduction

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 1-23

Figure 1-10: ASWipLL TDMoP solution

1.4.7. ASWipLL Low-Speed Vehicle Solution ASWipLL offers wireless communication solutions for platforms consisting of low-speed vehicles. A typical example for this application is data connectivity between a harbour and ships in sea, river or lake environments. The harbour represents the static ASWipLL Base Station; the ships represent moving CPEs (i.e. SPR devices). In such an application, ASWipLL allows the ships to communicate with the harbor from up to 38 km away. This can offer a quick return on investment.

Introduction System Descript ion

1-24 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Figure 1-11: ASWipLL low-speed vehoicle solution

Highlights of the solution include:

! ASWipLL provides an alternative to CATV, xDSL and other wired services that are not provided over water

! ASWipLL can be used in a variety of frequency bands

! ASWipLL allows connectivity over large distances

! ASWipLL can be used for static platforms or low-speed mobile platforms as long as LOS is provided

! ASWipLL's SPR can be powered from 12 VDC source (typically from a solar panel) using SDA-1/DC

! ASWipLL offers a cost-effective solution

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 2-1

ASWipLL Radio Technology: ASWipLL Radio Technology: ASWipLL Radio Technology: ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical LayerPhysical LayerPhysical LayerPhysical Layer The ASWipLL system provides wireless, local-loop connectivity between the providers IP-based backbone and the subscriber. This radio link is established using ASWipLL transceivers located at the Base Station and subscriber sites.

This chapter discusses the following radio frequency (RF) physical layer issues on which the ASWipLL system is based:

! Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum

! Modulation

! Frequency Bands

! Standards Compliance

! ASWipLL RF Antennas

! Radio Planning

2

ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer System Descript ion

2-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

2.1. Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum The ASWipLL system implements frequency-hopping code division multiple access (FH-CDMA) spread spectrum modulation for digital signal transmission over the air between the Base Station and the subscriber site. The ASWipLL systems frequency hopping supports a channel bandwidth of 1 MHz or 1.33 MHz, and channel spacing of 1 MHz (or 1.75 MHz if operating in the 3.5 GHz band).

Frequency hopping is a basic modulation techniques used in spread spectrum signal transmission. Spread spectrum enables a signal to be transmitted across a frequency band that is much wider than the minimum bandwidth required by the information signal. The transmitter "spreads" the energy, originally concentrated in narrowband, across a number of frequency band channels on a wider electromagnetic spectrum.

In an FH-CDMA system, a transmitter "hops" between available frequencies according to a specified algorithm, which can either be random or predefined (see Figure 2-1). The transmitter operates in synchronization with a receiver, which remains tuned to the same center frequency as the transmitter. A short burst of data is transmitted on a narrowband signal. The transmitter then tunes to another frequency, and transmits again.

The receiver is capable of hopping its frequency over a given bandwidth several times a second (20 hops per second in the ASWipLL system), transmitting on one frequency for a certain period of time, then hopping to another frequency and transmitting again. The ASWipLL system supports a hopping speed of 50 msec hopping intervals.

TIME TIME 1 1 2 2 3 3 44 5 5 6 6 7 7 88 99 1010 1111 1212

f1f1

f2f2f3f3

f4f4f5f5

Frequency

Each channel is 1 MHz wide

Figure 2-1: An example of Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum

System Descript ion ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 2-3

Implementing FH-CDMA in the ASWipLL system provides the following advantages:

! Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum (FHSS) is based on interference avoidance. Narrow band interference that does not meet the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) blocks only a few hops, decreasing the throughput only partially.

! The required spectrum for an FHSS system is flexible in that it does not have to be contiguous.

! FHSS can coexist with other systems in the same spectrum band.

! FHSS ensures security as to intercept transmission; a receiver must "know" the hopping sequence.

! Frequency diversity copes with the frequency selective fading and multipath.

The RF channel obtained by the ASWipLL operator is divided into n 1-MHz sub-channels, with center frequencies located at integer multiples of 1 MHz (see Figure 2-2). These sub-channels are organized into a set of orthogonal hopping sequences. Several methodologies are available for creating these sequences, depending on available spectrum and local regulations.

Sub-channel RF channel

Assigned band

Figure 2-2: Relationship between "sub-channel", "RF channel", and "assigned channel"

ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer System Descript ion

2-4 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Table 2-1 shows an example of six orthogonal sequences that can be derived from seven sub-channels.

Table 2-1: Example of six orthogonal FH sequences

Sequence No. Sub-channels (frequencies) 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 0 2 4 6 1 3 5 3 0 3 6 2 5 1 4 4 0 4 1 5 2 6 3 5 0 5 3 1 6 4 2 6 0 6 5 4 3 2 1

Up to 32 such sequences, each with up to 99 sub-channels can be pre-configured in the ASWipLL ROM. An additional 32 sequences can be configured by the ASWipLL operator in the RAM to provide further flexibility.

2.2. Modulation The ASWipLL system is based on Continuous Phase Frequency Shift Keying (CPFSK) modulation. Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) uses m different frequencies for m symbols. The simplest FSK is binary FSK, where 0 and 1 correspond to different frequencies:

Figure 2-3: Graph displaying different frequencies for 0 and 1 bits

FSK is similar to non-linear analogue FM, but with digital modulation.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 2-5

FSK provides the following benefits:

! Non-coherent detection is possible - no carrier synchronization is required.

! Immunities to non-linearity - the envelope contains no information and, therefore, can be hard-limited; information is carried by zero crossings:

! Can be used with non-linear power amplifiers

! Better efficiency

The FSK phase can be discontinuous or continuous (i.e. CPFSK), as displayed below.

Figure 2-4: FSK phase: discontinuous (left wave); continuous (right wave)

Continuous wave (implemented in ASWipLL) is more natural than discontinuous and provides the following advantages:

! Smaller bandwidth (discontinuous wave causes high frequency components)

! Operates better when transmission link has non-linearities

ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer System Descript ion

2-6 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

2.3. Operating Frequency Bands ASWipLL operates in the numerous frequency bands, as listed in the table below.

Table 2-2: ASWipLL operating frequencies

Band type ASWipLL product ASWipLL radio Operating frequencies ASWipLL 700 BSR; PPR; SPR; IDR 700 MHz

(698 to 746 MHz; TDD) ASWipLL 925 BSR; PPR; SPR 925 MHz

(910 to 940 MHz; TDD) ASWipLL 1.5 BSR; PPR; SPR 1.5 GHz

(1427 to 1525 MHz; FDD; 49-MHz duplex separation)

ASWipLL 2.3 BSR; SPR 2.3 GHz (2300 to 2400 MHz; TDD)

ASWipLL MMDS BSR; PPR; SPR MMDS 2.5 GHz (2500 to 2686 MHz; TDD)

ASWipLL 2.8 BSR; PPR; SPR 2.8 GHz (2700 to 2900 MHz; TDD)

Licensed

ASWipLL 3.x BSR; PPR; SPR; IDR 3.x GHz (3300 to 3810 MHz; TDD or FDD; 50- or 100-MHz duplex separation for FDD)

ASWipLL 900 BSR; PPR; SPR; IDR ISM 900 MHz (902 to 928 MHz; TDD)

ASWipLL 2.4 BSR; PPR; SPR; IDR ISM 2.4 GHz (2400 to 2500 MHz; TDD)

Unlicensed

ASWipLL 5.8 BSR; PPR; SPR 5.8 GHz (5725 to 5875 MHz; TDD)

Notes: • For ASWipLL 1.5 (i.e. operating in the 1.5 GHz band), the duplex separation can be customized

according to customer requirements, e.g. 60.5 MHz for Australia. • ASWipLL 3.x includes numerous products, each operating in certain frequency ranges in the 3-

GHz band (3300 to 3810 MHz). • For a list of the ASWipLL products, see Appendix B, "ASWipLL Product List".

System Descript ion ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 2-7

The figure below provides a graphical display of the operating frequency bands of the various ASWipLL products.

Figure 2-5: Graphical display of ASWipLL operating frequencies

ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer System Descript ion

2-8 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

2.4. Standards Compliance Table 2-3 lists standards to which ASWipLL complies.

Table 2-3: ASWipLL standards compliance

Standard Compliance EMC • 700 MHz: FCC Part 27

• 900 MHz: FCC Part 15 • 2.4 GHz: ETS 300 826; FCC Part 15 • MMDS: FCC Part 21 • 3.x GHz: EN 300 385; EN 300 386-2; ETS 300 132-2 • 5.8 GHz: FCC Part 15

Radio • 700 MHz: FCC Part 27 • 900 MHz: FCC Part 15 • 2.4 GHz: EN 300 328-1; FCC Part 15; RSS 139; Telec; AS/NZS 4771 • MMDS: FCC Part 21 • 3.x GHz: EN 301 253; RSS 192 • 5.8 GHz: FCC Part 15; RSS 210

Safety UL 1950, EN 60950 Environmental ETS 300 019

Notes: • For a detailed Declaration of FCC Conformity, see Appendix G, "Declaration of FCC

Conformity". • For a list of standards compliance per ASWipLL device, see the "Technical Specifications"

subsection of the relevant section describing each device.

2.5. RF Antennas Depending on the model, ASWipLL radios either contain an integrated (built-in) flat-panel antenna, or a port for connecting an off-the-shelf, third-party external antenna. The table below lists the ASWipLL radio antenna configuration per frequency band.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 2-9

Table 2-4: ASWipLL radio antenna configuration per frequency band

ASWipLL radio antenna configuration (integral / external) Frequency band BSR PPR SPR IDR

700 MHz Int. / Ext. Ext. Int. / Ext. Int. / Ext. 900 MHz Int. / Ext. Ext. Int. / Ext. Int. / Ext. 925 MHz Ext. Ext. Ext. -- 1.5 GHz Int. / Ext. Ext. Int. / Ext. -- 2.3 GHz Int. / Ext. -- Int. / Ext. -- 2.4 GHz Int. / Ext. Int. / Ext. Int. / Ext. Int. / Ext. 2.5 GHz Int. / Ext. Int. / Ext. Int. / Ext. -- 2.8 GHz Int. / Ext. Int. / Ext. Int. / Ext. -- 3.x GHz Int. / Ext. Int. / Ext. Int. / Ext. Int. / Ext. 5.8 GHz Int. / Ext. Int. / Ext. Int. / Ext. --

Table 2-5 provides a general description of the ASWipLL RF antenna parameters.

Table 2-5: General description of ASWipLL RF antennas

Parameter Description Internal antenna types

Integral flat-panel antenna for ASWipLL radios (BSR, PPR, SPR, and IDR). No RF cable is involved in the outdoor radio unit-to-indoor switch/hub unit (ODU-to-IDU) connection. Instead, a CAT-5 cable is used. The integrated flat-panel antennas provide gains of between 6 and 16. However, for certain radios high-gain antennas (i.e. 18 dBi) are provided, e.g. BSR operating in the 3.5 GHz band, and SPR and PPR operating in the 3.5 GHz and 2.4 GHz bands.

Polarization Vertical (horizontal polarization is optional for SPR at 3.5 GHz). ETSI compliant EN 302 085, Class CS1 for the BSR, and TS2 for the SPR. Receive diversity Supported in a single BSR through dual (two) integrated (2.3 GHz, 2.4 GHz,

2.5 GHz, 2.8 GHz, 3.GHz, 5.8 GHz) or third-party external (700 MHz, 900 MHz, and 925 MHz) antennas.

Optional third-party external antennas

Provides further flexibility for the ASWipLL operator to improve link budget and cost-effectiveness of the Base Station. For example, an omni-directional antenna for 360º coverage can be used by a BSR. External antennas connect to BSR, PPR, and SPR using an N-type connector, and to IDR using a TNC connector. For BSRs operating in the 700 MHz, 900 MHz, and 925 MHz bands, two N-

ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer System Descript ion

2-10 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Parameter Description type connectors are provided for attaching two external antennas for dual antenna diversity at the ASWipLL Base Station. Optional attachment of third-party external antennas are provided by ASWipLL radios depending on operating frequency (see Table 2-4).

Notes: 1) For ASWipLL radio FCC compliancy, see Appendix G, "Declaration of FCC Conformity". 2) Devices with ports for connecting external antennas do not contain built-in (internal) antennas.

2.5.1. Dual Antenna Receive Diversity For BSRs operating in the 700 MHz, 900 MHz, and 925 MHz bands, two antennas are provided for antenna receive diversity at the ASWipLL Base Station. This allows the BSR to select the antenna providing the best RF reception to receive the signal.

For these BSR models without built-in, internal antennas, dual diversity is provided by the existence of two N-type connectors for attaching two external antennas. When operating in the 700 MHz band, the BSR is supplied with a panel-type antenna and the SPR model with a yagi-type antenna.

Notes: 1) The BSR with two antennas transmits using only one of the antennas (factory selected). 2) Antennas must be orientated to cover the same area/cell (i.e. subscriber sites), from only a slightly different location.

2.5.2. ASWipLL 700 Except for ASWipLL 700, the integrated flat-panel antenna of all ASWipLL products covers their entire respective frequency bands. However, ASWipLL 700s integral antenna covers only Band-C (i.e. 710 to 716 MHz, and 740 to 746 MHz) frequency band. Therefore, for ASWipLL 700, Airspan provides an external

System Descript ion ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 2-11

antenna, allowing coverage in the entire 700-MHz band (698 to 746 MHz), including the licensed A and B bands used in USA.

For most ASWipLL products a wide variety of external antennas can be used. However, ASWipLL 700 allows connection to a limited variation of external antennas (optionally supplied by Airspan), including, among others, the following:

! BSR: 90° panel or omni-directional antenna

! SPR: 14-element yagi antenna

2.5.3. RF Planning Considerations for Band-C in FCC Markets Some operators (e.g. in the USA) have licenses for Band-C (710 716 MHz and 740 746 MHz). A maximum of four BSRs operating in Band-C are allowed at a Base Station (in accordance with FCC regulations). This regulation ensures minimum RF interference with other radio devices that may be operating in nearby frequencies.

In the 1 megasymbols per second (Msps) mode, the center frequencies are 711.5, 712.5, 713.5, 714.5, 741.5, 742.5, 743.5, and 744.5. Thus, the frequency allocation for four BSRs is 711.5, 741.5, 714.5, and 744.5.

In the 1.33 Msps mode, the center frequencies are 712, 713, 714, 742, 743, and 744. Thus, the frequency allocation for four BSRs is 712, 742, 714, and 744.

ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer System Descript ion

2-12 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Figure 2-6: Frequency allocation in a four-sector Base Station

Radio interference may occur between the BSRs operating in the upper frequency range (i.e. 742 MHz and 744 MHz) and the lower frequency range (i.e. 712 MHz and 714 MHz). To overcome this interference, a 1-meter vertical separation (in addition to the general 1-meter horizontal separation) is recommended between the BSRs operating in the upper frequency and the BSRs operating in the lower frequency.

2.6. Radio Planning ASWipLL radio planning can be divided into the following areas:

! Main technical parameters

! Coverage analysis

! Interference analysis: FDD vs. TDD

! Frequency allocation: Synchronized vs. Unsynchronized operation

! Capacity considerations

! Selecting appropriate mode of operation

! Radio planning software tool

System Descript ion ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 2-13

2.6.1. Main Technical Parameters The table below summarizes main technical parameters required for RF planning in the ASWipLL system.

Table 2-6: ASWipLL parameters required for RF planning

Parameter Value Radio Technology FH-CDMA Multiple Access Method Proprietary Adaptive TDMA protocol (PPMA) Max. Power Output 27 dBm, except for models operating in the

following frequencies: • 700 MHz: 31 dBm • 900 MHz, 925 MHz, and 1.5 GHz: 30 dBm Note: when operating in countries complying with FCC, the max. power for certain frequencies are different (see Appendix G, "Declaration of FCC Conformity)

Sub-Channel Spacing 1 MHz (1.75 MHz for devices in 3.5 GHz band) Symbols per second (Msps) • Two modes supported: 1 Msps or 1.33 Msps Sub-Channel bandwidth (measured at 20 dB attenuation point)

1 MHz or 1.33 MHz (depending on selected mode)

Modulation Multilevel 2-, 4-, or 8-level CPFSK1 Receiver Sensitivity (BER 1E-6 at 2/4/8 FSK) -90/ -83/ -75 dBm SNR Thresholds (BER 1E-6 at 2/4/8 FSK) 12/ 20/ 28 dB Interference Rejection Factor for 1.33 Msps mode (1 Msps mode): • ± 1 MHz • ± 2 MHz • ± 3 MHz • ± 4 MHz • ± 5 MHz

• 5 dB (7 dB) • 30 dB (40 dB) • 52 dB (53 dB) • 58 dB (60 dB) • 63 dB (64 dB)

Receiver Noise Figure 10 dB

1 The intermediate 4-FSK modulation is not supported when 1.33 Msps mode is

selected

ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer System Descript ion

2-14 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

2.6.2. System Coverage System coverage includes the following:

! Line of sight

! Link budget

2.6.2.1. Line of Sight

Generally, ASWipLL requires the existence of a line of sight (LOS) between the Base Station transmitter and the subscribers receiver (near line of sight [NLOS] may be possible to a limited extent for ranges of a few hundred meters). Therefore, the availability of LOS (clear first Fresnel Zone) should be estimated during CPE installation or preferably during network planning.

Recommended propagation models used in coverage analysis are based on free-space propagation with compensation for ground and irregular terrain reflections and diffraction. Specific propagation model names vary between different software tools. The model should also include a certain level of fade margin, as discussed in the next section.

2.6.2.2. Link Budget

The coverage analysis of ASWipLL includes the analysis of the power balance between the transmitter and the receiver, threshold considerations, margins, reserves, and certain system statistics. Therefore, the lead-in reception level is measured by the following equation:

Rx = Tx LossTx + AntGainTx PathLoss + AntGainRx LossRx

Where,

Rx = reception level in dBm

Tx = transmitter power in dBm (27 dBm in the ASWipLL system)

LossTx = transmitter losses in dB (0 dB in the ASWipLL system)

LossRx = terminal receiver losses in dB (0 dB in the ASWipLL system)

System Descript ion ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 2-15

AntGainTx = transmitter antenna gain

AntGainRx = receiver antenna gain in dBi (decibels referenced to isotropic radiator)

PathLoss = propagation loss in dB

Note: Both the Base Station and the subscriber site can serve as transmitterand receiver. For downlink budget, the transmitter is the Base Station and thereceiver is the subscriber; and vice versa for the uplink budget.

2.6.2.2.1. Propagation loss

Propagation is the dispersal of the signal into space as it leaves the antenna. The loss of this propagation depends on the signal path between the transmitter and the receiver. Obstructions in the signal path such as trees and buildings can cause signal degradation. Several models simulate signal attenuation along this path.

Propagation loss should incorporate fading margins to compensate different phenomenon such as multipath shadowing and climatic behavior of the waves. Based on this, the parameter path loss can be calculated by the following equation:

PathLoss = L + Fade Margin

! Free Space model:

Free space propagation loss is valid when the first Fresnel Zone is clear. In this case, free space propagation loss is given by the following equation:

LFS = 32.44 + 20logd[km] + 20logf[MHz]

! Fade Margin:

Fade margin further introduces fading factor to the propagation loss to cover the different signal fading and shadow effects, as well as the degradation caused by interferences. The fading factor depends on the time availability parameter defined by the operator, and should be calculated according to the ITU 530 model for 99.9% availability.

ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer System Descript ion

2-16 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

For simplicity purposes, the ITU model can be replaced by a 10 dB Flat fade margin as a rough estimation.

! Rainfall:

Radio signals are attenuated by moisture in the atmosphere. The level of attenuation varies with carrier frequency, the quantity of rainfall, and the distance from the transmitter to the receiver. The variation of attenuation with frequency is particularly strong and highly non-linear. At 3 GHz, the highest attenuation is about 0.06 dB/km; for a typical WLL path of, for example, 6 km, the attenuation is only 0.36 dB. Therefore, for the purpose of link budget, we can assume that the impact of rainfall is negligible.

2.6.2.2.2. Link Budget Calculations and Fresnel Zone

Link budget calculations depend on whether the first Fresnel Zone is clear or not. When using the free space model to calculate path loss, it is assumed that line of sight (LOS) exists. Thus, if the first Fresnel Zone is not clear, it is inappropriate to use the free space model.

One method for clearing the Fresnel Zone (in order to use the free space model to calculate link budget) is by changing the antenna height to improve received signal strength (RSS) levels.

The first Fresenel Zone radius is calculated by

where f is the frequency (in MHz) and d is the distance (in meters).

For example, using the formula above, a link of 4 km at 700 MHz produces a first Fresnel Zone radius clearance of about 20 meters. This implies that to ensure the ground does not enter into the first Fresnel Zone, both antennas (i.e. at Base Station and subscriber) must be mounted at least 20 meters above ground level (or clutter level).

Typically, at least 60% clearance of the first Fresnel Zone is considered as LOS. Therefore, in the above example, a height of at least 12 meters (i.e. 60% of 20 meters) above ground level is sufficient for LOS.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 2-17

In scenarios where the Fresnel Zone can not be cleared, other standard propagation models (e.g. Hata model) can be used to calculate link budget. The appropriate model to use depends on the environment (e.g. open area, urban, and suburban) in which the ASWipLL system is operating. When using RF planning software and GIS databases, the software generally chooses the appropriate model automatically.

For example, when operating in open areas, it is possible to use the following Hata open formula:

In this example, if the antenna height is increased sufficiently, the Hata open coincides with the free space propagation model. The difference between using the Hata formula and the free space formula may be substantial in scenarios where the Fresnel Zone is not clear.

Figure 2-7: Fresnel Zone partially blocked

ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer System Descript ion

2-18 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

2.6.2.2.3. Link Budget Results

Based on the previous equations mentioned in the above sections, Table 2-7 shows the link budget results obtained for 99.9% availability.

Table 2-7: Link budget results

Range (in km) Modulation Rate (Mbps) 2.4

GHz2 MMDS

(2.5 GHz) 3.5

GHz 5.8

GHz 900 MHz

700 MHz

8 FSK 3 or 4 8 8 7 6 8 15 4 FSK 2 11 11 10 8 11 22 2 FSK 1 or 1.33 14 14 13 11 15 28

Note: Link budget is calculated for the standard integrated, built-in ASWipLLantennas. Where required, the range can be increased to up to 38 km byimplementing external antennas.

2.6.3. Interference Analysis: FDD vs. TDD Interference analysis should be based on parameters defined in Section 2.6.1, "Main Technical Parameters" to determine the downlink and uplink carrier-to-interference ratio (C/I). The C/I is a key factor in determining the supported modulation for each link. Thresholds for C/I for the different modulations are mentioned in Section 2.6.1, "Main Technical Parameters".

Interference analysis depends on the duplex scheme implemented in the system. Since ASWipLL supports both FDD and TDD, different considerations should be applied.

2 Although the transmitter is capable of transmitting 27 dBm, in most cases the EIRP

in the ISM band is limited by local regulations. For example, ETSI limits the EIRP to 20 dBm, FCC to 36 dBm, and TELEC to 27 dBm. The link budget calculated here assumes no limit.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 2-19

Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) interference analysis is relatively simple. The frequency separation between downlink and uplink (50 to 100 MHz) enables Airspan to conduct downlink and uplink interference analysis independently.

However, in Time Division Duplex (TDD), since Tx and Rx are not synchronized, cross-link interference may result, for example, between a transmitting BSR and an adjacent receiving BSR. It is expected that these interferences will be dominant in the TDD mode.

The major consequence of this is the different limitations imposed on frequency separation between adjacent BSRs:

! FDD: 2-MHz frequency separation

! TDD: 4-MHz frequency separation

The required separation is a function of the isolation between co-located antennas. The 4-MHz separation is based on 60 dB isolation. Based on this, a simple frequency allocation for a stand-alone cell is presented in Figure 2-8.

Frequency Allocation Single Cell (FDD)

11

9

7

5

3

1

Frequency Allocation Single Cell (TDD)

Figure 2-8: Frequency allocation for a stand-alone cell: FDD (left) vs. TDD (right)

ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer System Descript ion

2-20 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

2.6.4. Frequency Allocation Frequency allocation includes the following issues:

! Synchronized vs. Unsynchronized operation

! Frequency Reuse

! Frequency Allocation template

2.6.4.1. Synchronized versus Unsynchronized Operation

The frequency allocation scheme in ASWipLL depends on the mode of operation. Three main options exist:

! Unsynchronized Frequency Hopping

! Synchronized Frequency Hopping

! Fix Sub-Channel Assignment

2.6.4.1.1. Unsynchronized Frequency Hopping

A scenario may exist whereby the operator does not want to synchronize Base Stations due to cost or regulatory issues. In such a scenario, the BSRs (and SPRs) are assigned pseudo-random frequency tables, and, therefore, collisions between transceivers are possible, resulting in some level of retransmissions. However, implementing orthogonal frequency tables (hopping sequences) reduces collisions.

In this mode of operation, the available set of sub-channels, which must include a prime number of sub-channels, is organized into several different hopping sequences that are orthogonal to each other. Each BSR in the coverage area is assigned a different sequence (until there is a need to start reusing the tables). The degradation level in performance due to collisions will be a random number, depending on the length of the frequency tables (the number of available sub-channels).

System Descript ion ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 2-21

The figure below displays a graph depicting the hit or blocking probability as a function of number of interferers for different table lengths (7, 23, and 79).

Figure 2-9: Hit probability as a function of active interferers

Note: The probability of collisions with 20 interferers and 79 sub-channels isonly 20%.

2.6.4.1.2. Synchronized Frequency Hopping

In most scenarios, the operator synchronizes between ASWipLL Base Stations located in the same coverage area. This option provides the best control over intra-system interferences.

In this mode of operation, the available set of sub-channels is arranged in a single hopping sequence, common to all transceivers (BSRs and SPRs) in the coverage area. Since the table ID is identical to all radios, the only parameter that needs to be assigned is the phase, that is, the starting point within the sequence.

By selecting the sequence appropriately, the relative frequency separation between the transceivers remains constant over time, so that interference analysis is quite similar to any Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA) system.

0 0 . 1

0 . 2 0 . 3 0 . 4 0 . 5

0 . 6 0 . 7 0 . 8

0 . 9 1

1 3 5 7 9 11 13

15 17 19

N = 7 N = 23 N = 79

ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer System Descript ion

2-22 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

2.6.4.1.3. Fix Sub-Channel Assignment

In some scenariosmainly licensed bands in which available spectrum is limitedit is possible to create a set of "hopping" tables, each based on a single sub-channel. Using this approach, the hopping nature of the system is actually disabled, so that synchronization is not required. The trade-off of this approach is loss of frequency diversity, discussed previously as a means to overcome frequency-selective fading.

Interference analysis in this mode is identical to any FDMA system.

2.6.4.2. Frequency Allocation

The figure below presents frequency allocation for three adjacent cells for the FDD and TDD schemes. This frequency allocation is relevant only for synchronized frequency hopping or fix sub-channel assignment options. For the unsynchronized frequency hopping option described previously, orthogonal frequency tables are assigned instead of specific sub-channels (or phases). As described in Section 2.6.3, "Interference Analysis", 60-dB isolation between co-located BSRs is assumed for the TDD allocation.

Figure 2-10: Frequency allocation (FDD - left and TDD - right)

System Descript ion ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 2-23

2.6.5. Capacity Considerations This section provides high-level guidelines for evaluating ASWipLL capacity. This capacity relates to the number of subscribers supported by a single BSR according to a certain service mix. The methodology presented here provides a simplified approach for evaluating ASWipLL capacity capabilities. It can be used as an initial estimation; however, it cannot replace a more accurate capacity analysis performed by an RF planning team.

2.6.5.1. General The general concept for determining the number of subscribers per BSR is presented in the figure below.

Aggregate CIR / Over Subscription Factor

Voice Calls * Call BW

BSR Limit (Kbps)

Figure 2-11: Determining number of subscribers per BSR

The BSR limit is 4 Mbps; therefore, the total voice and data bandwidth must be lower or equal to 4 Mbps.

The number of voice calls should be derived from Erlang B tables according to voice traffic per subscriber (in erlangs), and expected blocking probability (typically 1%) parameters. The VoIP bandwidth depends on the specific codec that will be used. Typical values are specified in the next section.

The data portion of the aggregated traffic is based on the sum of the committed information rate (CIR) for all subscribers assigned to the BSR, divided by the appropriate over subscription rate.

ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer System Descript ion

2-24 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Since voice and data services differ by their packet size and their sensitivity to delay, their protocol efficiency can be substantially different. Therefore, when calculating bandwidth for different applications, the gross bandwidth, which takes into account the protocol efficiency, should be used.

2.6.5.2. VoIP Bandwidth and Simultaneous Calls

The VoIP bandwidth and the number of supported simultaneous calls are a function of the selected codec and the sample interval. Assuming a 4-Mbps gross rate, the following numbers can be used:

Table 2-8: VoIP simultaneous calls for 4 Mbps gross rate

Codec Sample Interval (msec)

Simultaneous Calls

20 10 G.711 (64 Kbps)

40 15 20 14

G.729 (8 Kbps) 40 28 30 22

G.723.1 (5.3 Kbps) 60 42

If silence suppression is used, a factor of 65% should be applied on the call bandwidth.

Note: The selection of the appropriate codec should be based on a balancebetween the occupied bandwidth and the voice quality.

2.6.5.3. Data Bandwidth

It is assumed that packet size for data applications is relatively large (about 1,500 bytes), resulting in a protocol efficiency of 80%. Taking this into account, the sum of all data bandwidth should be divided by 80% to obtain the bandwidth over the air.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 2-25

2.6.5.4. Calculation Example

This example assumes that the required services are based on voice traffic of 100 merlangs per subscriber and a CIR of 256 Kbps. In addition, in this example, a 1% blocking is expected for voice calls, and 1:10 over subscription is expected for data. The number of subscribers that can be supported by a single BSR (N) is equal to

KbpsKbpsNCodecCallsSim

KbpsGostrafficCalls 000,4%80256%10

)(_000,4),( ≤

⋅⋅+⋅

Assume that N = 40. Therefore, the aggregate voice traffic is equal to 4 erlangs. Using Erlang B tables with 1% blocking, 10 voice channels (calls) are required. For G.729 with 40 msec sample interval and silence suppression, the total capacity set for voice is obtained by 10*143 Kbps*65% = 930 Kbps. The total capacity set for data is obtained by 40*256 Kbps*10%/80% = 1,280 Kbps. This implies that more subscribers can be supported, since the aggregated capacity (2,210 Kbps) is lower than the 4 Mbps limit. If N (BSRs) increases, the limit of 4 Mbps will be reached for N = 80. (The process of finding N can be simplified by using an electronic spreadsheet).

2.6.6. Selecting an Appropriate Operation Mode ASWipLL enables the operator the flexibility to choose between several modes of operation according to the operators needs. One of the optional modes relates to the symbol rate of the modem. This section presents the main issues that should be considered when selecting an operation mode when deploying the ASWipLL system.

2.6.6.1. ASWipLL Multiple Modes

ASWipLL offers the capability to select between two operating modes in terms of symbol rate. The modem can operate in either 1 or 1.33 Msps. The operating mode is software selectable for each BSR. The differences between the modes of operation are related to the bit rate and the channel bandwidth.

ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer System Descript ion

2-26 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

2.6.6.1.1. Bit Rate

The 1-Msps mode supports three levels of modulation, as presented in Table 2-9.

Table 2-9: ASWipLL bit rate at 1 Msps

Modulation Bit/Symbol Bit rate (Mbps) 8-level FSK 3 3 4-level FSK 2 2 2-level FSK 1 1

The 1.33-Msps mode supports two levels of modulation according to Table 2-10.

Table 2-10: ASWipLL bit rate at 1.33 Msps

Modulation Bit/Symbol Bit rate (Mbps) 8-level FSK 3 4 2-level FSK 1 1.33

Note: The differences in sensitivity and SNR values between the two modesare negligible.

2.6.6.1.2. Channel Bandwidth

The 1.33 Msps is based on shorter symbols, with the trade-off of a wider channel bandwidth. The 20 dB attenuation point for the 1 Msps mode and the 1.33 Msps mode is 1 MHz and 1.33 MHz, respectively.

2.6.6.2. System Range Considerations

System range depends on the maximum output power of the system. Different approaches exist, depending on region and frequency band.

2.6.6.2.1. Unlicensed Bands

FCC part 15 (paragraph 247) differentiates between three types of systems: Digital modulated, Frequency Hopping, and Hybrid.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 2-27

ASWipLL is a Hybrid system and, therefore, limitations on transmit (Tx) power and Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) differ on this basis. Table 2-11 summarizes limitations for different ASWipLL products operating in FCC markets.

Table 2-11: ASWipLL radio Tx power and EIRP compliancy with FCC

Frequency Mode Max. Tx power Max. EIRP System mode 3 Mbps 17.5 dBm 36 dBm Hybrid 900 MHz 4 Mbps 23 dBm 36 dBm Hybrid

2.4 GHz 3 Mbps/4 Mbps 23 dBm 36 dBm Hybrid 5.8 GHz 4 21 36 Hybrid

For ASWipLL 900, the BSRs external antenna must have a minimum cable loss of 2.5 dB to comply with FCCs EIRP limit of 36 dBm. EIRP is calculated as:

Max. Power Output + Antenna Gain - Cable Loss ≤≤≤≤ 36 dBm (EIRP)

The table below lists examples of cable loss per cable for maximum antenna gains for ASWipLL 900, based on the formula above. Note that the EIRP is either equal to or less than 36 dBm.

Table 2-12: Example of cable loss per cable for maximum antenna gains

Cable type Cable length

(ft)

Tx power (dBm)

Cable loss (dB)

Max. Antenna

gain (dBi)

Max. EIRP (dBm)

10 21.1 0.6 15.5 36 30 22 1.5 15.5 36

BELDEN - 9913

100 23 4.4 15.5 34.1 10 22.4 1.9 15.5 36 30 23 5.2 15.5 33.3

BELDEN - 89907

100 23 16.3 15.5 22.2

ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer System Descript ion

2-28 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Table 2-13, Table 2-14, and Table 2-15 present system ranges (in kilometers) for the different frequency bands (900 MHz, 2.4 GHz, and 5.8 GHz, respectively) and modes of operation (i.e. 1 Msps and 1.33 Msps).

Table 2-13: ASWipLL range at FCC limits for 900 MHz

Mode Modulation Rate (Mbps) Range (km) 8 FSK 3 4 4 FSK 2 10 1 Msps 2 FSK 1 24 8 FSK 4 6

1.33 Msps 2 FSK 1.33 35

Table 2-14: ASWipLL range at FCC limits for 2.4 GHz

Mode Modulation Rate (Mbps) Range (km) 8 FSK 3 4 4 FSK 2 10 1 Msps 2 FSK 1 22 8 FSK 4 1

1.33 Msps 2 FSK 1.33 8

Table 2-15: ASWipLL range at FCC limits for 5.8 GHz

Mode Modulation Rate (Mbps) Range (km) 8 FSK 3 2 4 FSK 2 5 1 Msps 2 FSK 1 10 8 FSK 4 1

1.33 Msps 2 FSK 1.33 8

Note: Link budget is calculated for the uplink assuming free space propagationstandard integrated antenna and 10-dB fade margin.

As shown in the tables, the system range for the 1 Msps mode is approximately three times higher than for the 1.33 Msps mode due to the 9 dB differences in Tx (transmit) power.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 2-29

2.6.6.2.2. Licensed Bands (3.5 GHz)

No distinction exists between the two modes in terms of system range.

2.6.6.3. Interference Rejection

Two types of interference should be considered:

! Intra-system interference: caused by multiple ASWipLL transmitters

! Inter-system interference: caused by external transmitters, mainly in the unlicensed bands

2.6.6.3.1. Intra-system Interference

As mentioned previously, 1.33 Msps mode is achieved by using wider channel bandwidth. This results in a higher bit rate at the expense of increasing adjacent channel interference. This difference can become critical mainly for licensed bands in which the available spectrum might be very limited. It is beyond the scope of this document to provide specific rules regarding the preferred mode as a function of the available spectrum. This is due to the fact that such analysis depends on many parameters such as the cell layout and the topography of the coverage area. However, it should be evaluated during radio planning.

2.6.6.3.2. Inter-system Interference in ETSI Markets

The immunity of the ASWipLL system to external interference is due to its spread spectrum system. Exposure to external interference is highest when operating in the unlicensed band. The European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) sets limits on the spreading level that is required by a frequency hopping spread spectrum system (FHSS).

According to EN 300 328, FHSS modulation must use at least 20 well-defined, non-overlapping channels separated by the channel bandwidth as measured at 20 dB below peak power.

ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer System Descript ion

2-30 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Since ASWipLLs carriers must be located at integer multiples of megahertz (MHz), the above statement limits the channel spacing to 1 MHz for the 1 Msps mode, and 2 MHz for the 1.33 Msps mode. This limits the number of possible hops in the ASWipLL system when operating under ETSI regulations to between 20 and 80 for the 1-Msps mode, and between 20 and 40 for the 1.33-Msps mode.

In general, since the number of different hops is substantially lower, the capability of ASWipLL to overcome interferences is reduced. In practice, ETSI allows the operator the flexibility not to use the entire spectrum, in case, for example, a constant interference is identified in a portion of the spectrum.

2.6.6.4. System Capacity Calculations Based on FSK Modulation

The modulation for each link in the ASWipLL system is adaptively determined according to the signal strength and the BER. When evaluating system capacity, it should be taken into account that the intermediate 4-FSK modulation is not supported when operating at 1.33 Msps.

Assume an ASWipLL deployment where subscribers are located at various distances from the Base Stations. In general, three coverage circles can be expected around each Base Station:

! Inner circle: supporting 8-level FSK

! Intermediate circle: supporting 4-level FSK

! Outer circle: supporting 2-level FSK

The data throughput of an ASWipLL sector and the throughput per CPE depends on many factors such as:

! RF conditions (that effect the modulation and ARQ)

! ASWipLL operation mode: Mode (Mbps) Net throughput (Mbps)

4 / 1.33 3.2 3 / 2 / 1 2.4

System Descript ion ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 2-31

! CIR and MIR values (aggregated and asymmetric)

! VoIP or TDMoIP existence and the policy that the operator sets for allocations of bandwidth whether it is included in CIR/MIR values or added on top of them (in higher priority)

! Application used by the different CPEs (e.g. TCP- and UDP-based)

! Demand (bandwidth divided only between active CPEs, i.e. generating load)

The table below shows the bit rate per FSK modulation.

Table 2-16: Bit rate per FSK modulation

Modulation Bit per symbol

Mode (Msps) Bit rate (Mbps)

8-level FSK 3 • 1 • 1.33

• 3 • 4

4-level FSK 2 1 2 2-level FSK 1 • 1

• 1.33 • 1 • 1.33

In other words, in a scenario where CPEs are using equal bandwidth demand, a CPE operating in 2-FSK modulation requires that the Base Station radio dedicate three times more bandwidth to it than to 8-FSK CPE since the 2-FSK has a rate three times slower than 8-FSK CPE .

The formula below can be used to calculate throughput based on FSK modulation and operation mode:

Where,

N1 = number of CPEs in 4-Mbps mode

N2 = number of CPEs in 2-Mbps mode

N3 = number of CPEs in 1.33-Mbps mode

2.4 Mbps = for 1-, 2-, and 3-Mbps modes

3.2 Mbps = for 1.33- and 4-Mbps modes

ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer System Descript ion

2-32 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

The following table provides an example of system capacity calculations for two scenarios:

Scenario A (4-Mbps mode) Scenario B (3-Mbps mode) • 11 CPEs in 8-FSK modulation • 19 CPEs in 2-FSK modulation • All CPEs operating in 4-Mbps mode

(i.e. 3.2 Mbps net throughput) • All CPEs are active and generate the same

demand • All CPEs share identical CIR/MIR

definitions

• 11 CPEs in 8-FSK modulation • 19 CPEs in 2-FSK modulation • All CPEs operating in 3-Mbps mode

(i.e. 2.4 Mbps net throughput) • All CPEs are active and generate the same

demand • All CPEs share identical CIR/MIR definitions

Calculation:

Calculation:

Conclusion: The maximum throughput of this cell is 1.41 Mbps when all CPEs are simultaneously active

Conclusion: The maximum throughput of this cell is 1.05 Mbps when all CPEs are simultaneously active

Note: As the number of CPEs operating in low modulations (i.e. 2 and 4 FSK)increases, a decrease in cell bandwidth efficiency is expected. Therefore, toenable the highest bandwidth efficiency, it's recommended to ensure (e.g. RFplanning) that all CPEs operate in the highest modulation (i.e. 8 FSK).

2.6.6.5. Conclusion

The 1.33 Msps mode provides superior bit rate, but at the expense of a possible reduction in radio coverage (FCC), and/or increase in interference. A certain amount of radio planning is required to determine the preferable mode to maximize the overall capacity of the access network.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 2-33

2.6.7. Radio Planning Software Tool To design an optimal fixed wireless broadband network, the operator requires an RF design tool that includes features of a geographic information system (GIS) module, a propagation prediction module, and a fixed wireless module.

The GIS module should map data that contain or can be assigned geographic coordinates, for example, terrain elevation, land-use classification, site locations, design area boundaries, roads, and highways.

The propagation prediction module should provide RF propagation analysis and predictions. This module must support features that allow the propagation model to be calibrated using drive test measurements.

The fixed wireless module should support directional CPE antennas for coverage, capacity and interference analysis in LOS and NLOS conditions, and adaptive modulation.

In addition, to enable detailed and accurate propagation prediction, terrain information must be supplemented by a Geographic Information Systems (GIS) database. Clutter databases are typically based on Satellite or Aerial photography, depending on the resolution of the planning. Clutter databases should include Definition of Clutter Types and Clutter Height relative to the underlying DEM.

The resolution of data varies depending on the environment at which the planning is targeted. Airspan recommends the following:

! Rural: 10 to30 meters

! Urban: 5 to 20 meters

The specific format of the database depends on the planning tool. The planning software provider or users manual should be consulted to obtain the appropriate format.

ASWipLL Radio Technology: Physical Layer System Descript ion

2-34 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

This page is intentionally left blank.

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 3-1

ASWipLLs Air MAC ProtocolASWipLLs Air MAC ProtocolASWipLLs Air MAC ProtocolASWipLLs Air MAC Protocol The ASWipLL system implements Airspans proprietary Preemptive Polling Multiple Access (PPMA) technology for multiple access control between its wireless units. This technology specifies media access control (MAC) and physical layers for its units.

3.1. MAC Protocol Features ASWipLLs MAC protocol, provided by PPMA, offers the following features:

! Supports up to 252 subscriber sites (SPRs/IDRs) per BSR, and up to 6,048 subscriber sites per Base Station

! High throughput efficiency - 80% of the bit rate

! Automatic rate control to maximize throughput under high bit error rate (BER)

! Re-transmission of lost packets - reliable operation in a high BER environment

! Centrally coordinated air protocol - designed for point-to-multipoint (PMP) environments

! No transmission collisions

! Real-time assessments on required and available bandwidth resources to control data flow

! Intelligent polling of customer premises equipment (SPRs and IDRs)

3

ASWipLLs Air MAC Protocol System Descript ion

3-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

3.2. Preemptive Polling Multiple Access Protocol The ASWipLL system implements Airspans proprietary Preemptive Polling Multiple Access (PPMA) technology. PPMA is an "adaptive" Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) protocol, i.e. the same RF channel is used for multiple subscribers, and the time interval for subscriber transmission is adaptive to the subscribers resource requirements (based on QoS). PPMA is designed specifically for point-to-multipoint wireless local loop (WLL) applications to provide best effective throughput.

PPMA has many advantages over competing solutions such as the IEEE 802.11 Carrier Sense Multiple Access (CSMA) protocol. For a list of advantages over 802.11 CSMA, see Section 3.2.4, "PPMA vs. CSMA"

The PPMA technology is implemented at OSIs Layer 2 (Data Link layer). Layer 2 builds up Ethernet packets, sends them to the channel via the Physical layer, receives packets, checks if these packets are error free, and then delivers error-free packets to the Network layer.

Preemptive Polling Multiple Access is a centrally coordinated protocol that controls packet transmissions between the BSR and SPRs/IDRs. The BSR coordinates transmission over the air, constantly gathering information from SPRs/IDRs regarding resource requirements. Resource requirement is rated according to QoS, number of packets in the SPRs/IDRs queues, and the maximum delay allowed for the first packet in the queue (represented by a Time To Live [TTL] value).

Once the BSR has determined the SPRs/IDRs resource requirements, it polls the SPRs/IDRs for the next few milliseconds. The SPRs/IDRs with the higher resource requirement rates are polled first.

The following sub-sections describe the PPMA mechanism.

System Descript ion ASWipLLs Air MAC Protocol

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 3-3

3.2.1. Slotted Aloha Process The constant gathering of SPRs/IDRs required resources information is performed using the Slotted Aloha process. Slotted Aloha divides the channel into time slots, requiring the subscriber to send messages only at the beginning of a time slot.

At specific time intervals (not exceeding 100 msec), the BSR sends a "Channel Clear" message inviting SPRs/IDRs to send the score of their resource requirements. The BSR then waits a specific time and receives these requirements. This waiting time is called Slotted Aloha. The BSR waits for a time that is equivalent to 16 "Request to Send" (RTS) messages. The messages are synchronized so that an SPR/IDR transmits a message only after the previous message has ended. The timing of each RTS message is represented as a "slot".

SPRs/IDRs can choose which time slots to use for sending their requirements. Occasionally, a collision between SPRs\IDRs can occur in a slot, resulting in a lost RTS. Each SPR/IDR can use more than one slot to send its RTS. An SPR/IDR that is denied transmission can retry during the next Slotted Aloha process.

The Slotted Aloha process ensures that all SPRs/IDRs receive equal opportunities to transmit their RTS message.

3.2.2. Packet Transmission Once the BSR has received the RTS messages from the SPRs\IDRs and determined their priorities, it sends a "Clear to Send" (CTS) message to the first SPR/IDR. The SPR/IDR then transmits its packet.

In the header of each packet, additional information regarding the status of the queues is included. This eliminates the need for the SPR/IDR to participate in the next Slotted Aloha process.

The data packet is divided into fragments. To each fragment is added a cyclic redundancy check (CRC). Once the packet has been received, the BSR sends an "Acknowledge" (ACK) message that includes information about all fragments that were reported as errors. The SPR/IDR can re-transmit these fragments several times until the entire message is successfully transmitted.

ASWipLLs Air MAC Protocol System Descript ion

3-4 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

3.2.3. Polling Sequence Polling of an SPR/IDR occurs each time the BSR sends a CTS message to an SPR/IDR. Polling of SPRs/IDRs can occur according to the information gathered during the Slotted Aloha process, or periodicallyevery few millisecondsregardless of the Slotted Aloha process, depending on the application transmitting data at the time.

The polling sequence of data applications is controlled by the BSR based on the information gathered during the Slotted Aloha process. Data applications can sustain relatively long delays before expecting a response. Therefore, their packets can be delayed within the SPRs/IDRs before being sent to the BSR and on to the customers backbone. Applications that require shorter packet delays are polled first.

Some applications are configured to transmit a burst of several packets in raw, before expecting any response from the other party. In such a case, the polling mechanism supports several pollings of an SPR/IDR, one after the other.

3.2.4. PPMA vs. CSMA The PPMA technology, implemented in the ASWipLL system, outweighs the IEEE 802.11 CSMA protocol used by many BWA products.

The CSMA protocol "listens" to the transmission media before transmitting data. If "noise" is detected, then no data is transmitted. This mechanism is called "Collision Avoidance" (CA). However, if after a certain time, "noise" is still detected, the packet is transmitted regardless, with a chance of data collisions with concurrent users. Therefore, the more users the lower the network efficiency and performance due to a high BER.

In the 802.11 CSMA protocol, each network device performs CSMA locally. Therefore, there is no central control of granting bandwidth, controlling delays, and prioritizing different applications.

System Descript ion ASWipLLs Air MAC Protocol

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 3-5

The graph in Figure 3-1 compares PPMA with CSMA in regard to network efficiency related to number of subscribers.

ChannelUtilization

4 5 7 86 9 40 Number OfSubscribers

20%

80%85%

CSMA

PPMA

75%

Figure 3-1: PPMA vs. 802.11 (CSMA) in network efficiency as the number of subscribers increase

As depicted in the figure, CSMA depends on the number of subscribers, while PPMA is not affected at all. In CSMA, as the number of subscribers increase, so the channel utilization decreases.

ASWipLLs Air MAC Protocol System Descript ion

3-6 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Table 3-1 lists the advantages of PPMA over 802.11.

Table 3-1: Advantages of Airspans PPMA over 802.11 CSMA 802.11 CSMA PPMA

Access method Carrier Sense Centrally Coordinated

Maximum number of concurrent transmitting stations

4 to 7: More sessions degrade the performance of the network

50: The traffic is manageable by the base station

Modes of operation Collision Avoidance Preemptive Polling Multiple Access or adaptive Time Division Multiple Access (adaptive TDMA)

Support for Quality of Service

No Embedded in the protocol

Operation under interference

Reduced performance due to delay added to packets, and the BER

None

Originally designed for Wireless LAN systems, and indoor use.

Point-to-multipoint wireless local loop (WLL) systems

Near/far phenomenon Yes. Subscribers near the base station receive better performance than subscribers far away.

No. Subscribers receive the same service quality regardless of their distance from the base station.

Re-transmission of packets

No Yes

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 4-1

ASWipLL NetworkingASWipLL NetworkingASWipLL NetworkingASWipLL Networking The ASWipLL system provides extensive networking capabilities, supporting the following main networking features:

! IP Routing

! PPPoE Bridging

! 802.1Q/p

! Transparent Bridging

! Quality of Service

! Bandwidth Management

! Security

4

ASWipLL Networking System Descript ion

4-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

4.1. IP Routing ASWipLL can operate in one of the following two modes:

! IP routing and point-to-point over Ethernet (PPPoE)

! Transparent bridging

When ordering the ASWipLL system, the required mode must be specified. However, it is possible to later change modes by local configuration.

ASWipLL provides IP routing based on layer 3 of the Open System Interconnection (OSI) standard (see Table 4-1). ASWipLLs BSR, PPR, SPR, and IDR devices route IP traffic according to routing algorithms, routing tables, and routing considerations. IP routing allows for easy, logical network segmentation, since each LAN is assigned a different IP subnet address. Therefore, all users on a subscribers LAN have IP addresses that belong to the same IP subnet. The subscriber's default router (often referred to as the default gateway) is the SPR/IDR.

Table 4-1: ASWipLL hardware - OSI model perspective

ASWipLL device Description OSI Layer BSR, PPR • IP router and PPPoE bridge, or

• Transparent bridge

2 and 3

SPR, IDR • IP router and PPPoE bridge, or • Transparent bridge

2 and 3

BSDU Layer 2 switch 2 SDA-4S Ethernet switch 2 SDA-4H, SDA-1 Ethernet hub 1

The BSR, PPR, SPR, and IDR devices implement static IP routing. The BSRs/PPRs routing table consists of up to 350 routing entries, supporting up to 350 IP networks or IP subnets in its routing table. The SPRs/IDRs routing table consists of up to 16 routing entries.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Networking

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 4-3

The following subsections discuss the features and advantages supported by ASWipLLs IP routing.

4.1.1. Multiple IP Subnets ASWipLLs SPRs/IDRs can contain numerous IP addresses on each LAN port, allowing multiple IP subnets. This is useful for defining multiple groups of users on the same physical LAN, or when using a second layer LAN switch that supports Virtual LANs (VLANs). Each VLAN can be assigned its own IP subnet, and traffic among VLANs is enabled through the SPR/IDR. In such scenarios, the SPR/IDR provides "one-leg routing" on its LAN port. The SPR/IDR can also use IP filters as a security mechanism between IP hosts in the LAN.

4.1.2. Increased Network Efficiency - No Broadcast Packets IP routing increases the network efficiency by eliminating the need to send broadcast packets over the wireless network. Therefore, ASWipLLs support for IP routing is a key differentiator over competing fixed broadband wireless systems that are based on bridging.

4.1.3. Support for DHCP Relay Agent ASWipLL, as an IP router, also supports Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay agent functionality, by transferring DHCP packets over the network. DHCP protocol allows dynamic allocation of IP addresses and other IP host parameters to hosts such as Windows-based PCs.

ASWipLL Networking System Descript ion

4-4 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

4.1.4. Eliminates Need for External Routers Since ASWipLLs SPR/IDR is also an IP router, an additional third-party IP router at the subscribers site is not required. In contrast, competing fixed broadband wireless solutions based on bridging, either suffer from the typical disadvantages of bridges, or require an additional third-party dual-LAN IP router at the subscribers site. This need for an additional IP router increases the cost of the solution, and makes network management more complex.

4.1.5. Interoperability with Third-Party IP Routers The ASWipLL system, as an IP router, is interoperable with third-party IP routers. ASWipLL Base Station equipment provides easy connectivity to third-party IP routers to provide, for example, E1 connections to the backbone. This connection is via ASWipLLs 10BaseT or Fast Ethernet ports. ASWipLL provides quick-and-easy configuration for ASWipLL IP routing and third-party IP routing.

4.1.6. Efficient Air IP Subnet Addressing An IP router has each of its ports assigned to a different IP network or subnet. The BSR, PPR, SPR, and IDR ports that interface on the wireless side (i.e. air) must be assigned IP subnet addresses. The ASWipLL operator can define these "air" ports in one of two ways:

! Non-economical: IP addresses of the Air subnet ports are fixed ranging from 192.168.0.0 to 192.168.255.255 (see RFC 1918). Therefore, this mode provides Class C subnetting for all BSRs. This means that 254 addresses are available to choose for one BSR. Thus, many addresses are "wasted" (not used).

! Economical: IP addresses of the Air subnet ports of BSRs and SPRs are user-defined. This mode increases the flexibility of ASWipLL. It permits more efficient use of IP addresses in the users network and often avoids a need for changing IP addresses in a pre-existing network. A user with private IP addresses from the range of 192.168.0.0 does not have to change IP addresses in the network when installing ASWipLL.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Networking

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 4-5

The Economical mode provides the subnet address 255.255.255.252, thereby, providing a total of four IP addresses, where only two of the addresses can be used for ASWipLL devices: one for the BSR and one for the SPR.

The Economical addressing is as follows: BSR side SPR side

192.168.x.1 192.168.x.2

where x is the SPR index number associated with the BSR in the ASWipLL database.

In the example in Figure 4-1, the air subnet addresses are automatically defined as 192.168.x.1 at the BSR side, and 192.168.x.2 at the SPR/IDR side. The WAN router requires static entries in its routing table for the different remote networks (for 70.x.x.x and 80.x.x.x).

Figure 4-1: IP Air subnet addressing in a typical ASWipLL configuration

ASWipLL Networking System Descript ion

4-6 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Figure 4-1 illustrates the following IP addressing configurations:

! Each subscribers LAN contains a different IP network or subnet (in the example, 80.x.x.x and 70.x.x.x for SPR 1, and SPR 2, respectively).

! The SPR/IDR is the default gateway for the PCs on the SPRs/IDRs LAN. In the case of an RGW, the SPR/IDR is also the default gateway for the RGW.

! The SPRs/IDRs default gateway is the BSR/PPR.

! The BSRs default gateway is the WAN router

! Air addresses of BSR, PPR, SPR, and IDR are configured by the operator or defined automatically.

4.1.7. RFC 1918 Address allocation permits full network layer connectivity among all hosts inside an enterprise as well as among all public hosts of different enterprises. Using private Internet address space is costly due to the need to renumber hosts and networks between public and private.

The industry standard is that whenever possible, users of unregistered (or "dirty") networks use the reserved addresses in RFC 1918 on any networks inside the firewall.

The RFC 1918 addresses that can be used are:

! Class A: 10.x.x.x

! Class B range: 172.16.0.0 to 172.31.255.255

! Class C range: 192.168.x.y

The advantages of using these addresses inside the firewall are twofold:

! Internal IP networks can "grow" without fear of running out of addresses

! There is no longer a risk of inadvertently using other networks legitimate addresses

System Descript ion ASWipLL Networking

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 4-7

For example, if PCs use the Class C range of 192.31.7.0 for network addresses inside a firewall, the PCs will be unable to connect to other devices with a legitimate IP address such as 192.31.7.31. This is because the PC attempts to connect to a device inside your firewall that does not exist.

4.2. PPPoE Bridging ASWipLL supports Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) bridging. PPPoE is a standard specification for connecting subscribers on an Ethernet connection to the Internet through a common broadband medium (e.g. wireless).

ASWipLLs PPPoE solution assumes that the PPPoE clients are located behind the SPRs/IDRssingle or multiple clientsand that the PPPoE serverBroadband Remote Access Server (BRAS)is located behind the BSR.

ASWipLL bridges PPPoE traffic as follows:

! SPR/IDR forwards upstream and downstream PPPoE unicast packets

! SPR/IDR forwards upstream broadcast PPPoE packets

! SPR/IDR contains a MAC table for PPPoE sessions:

! The BSR tracks the PPPoE sessions. Once a PPPoE session ends successfully, the relevant entry is erased from the MAC table to permit new sessions.

! When a PPPoE session terminates unsuccessfully, the MAC table invokes an aging mechanism. By default, aging is 60 minutesbut this is configurable.

! BSR is an OSI Layer 2, PPPoE aware, and learning bridge

! BSR forwards all upstream PPPoE packets, and forwards all downstream PPPoE unicast packets

ASWipLL Networking System Descript ion

4-8 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Figure 4-2 displays ASWipLLs implementation of PPPoE for Internet access and VoIP.

Figure 4-2: ASWipLLs PPPoE for Internet access and VoIP

4.2.1. PPPoE Limitations The limitations of PPPoE in the ASWipLL system includes the following:

! PPPoE software runs only over ASWipLL 4M hardware

! BSR supports a maximum of 128 simultaneous PPPoE sessions

! IP filters and PPPoE are not supported simultaneously

System Descript ion ASWipLL Networking

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 4-9

4.2.2. PPPoE Bridging and IP Routing Support ASWipLL can be configured to support PPPoE bridging, IP routing, or both PPPoE and IP routing. This configuration is performed using ASWipLLs management toolWipManage. When ASWipLL is configured for both PPPoE and IP routing, ASWipLL operates as a router/bridge (or "brouter").

ASWipLLs Quality of Service (QoS) includes PPPoE as an application or protocol. This enables PPPoE to be prioritized in relation to other applications and protocols such as VoIP, TCP, UDP, FTP, and TFTP.

When ASWipLL is configured for both PPPoE and IP routing, ASWipLL performs the following:

! Bridges PPPoE

! Routes IP packets (for example, FTP, TFTP, Web, e-mail, and SNMP)

4.3. 802.1Q/p Support ASWipLL is an IP routing system that also bridges PPPoE packets. As such, it employs mechanisms such as IP subnetting, IP routing, and IP filters to group subscribers. As an enhanced IP routing platform, ASWipLL provides all the necessary services without the need for 802.1Q/p. The 802.1Q standard creates a trunk between VLANs by adding tags; the 802.1p standard provides Quality of Service (QoS). ASWipLL provides enhanced QoS based on IP addresses, protocols (such as TCP, UDP, and ICMP), and applications (such as Web, Telnet, and SNMP).

However, ASWipLL also supports 802.1Q and 802.1p in an IP routing environment to support networks with the following configurations:

! Existing equipment in the customers network that supports 802.1Q

! ATM and FR switches using 802.1Q for mapping VLANs to virtual circuits (VC)

ASWipLL Networking System Descript ion

4-10 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

! Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) routers using 802.1Q tags

! Creating Virtual Private Networks (VPNs) using 802.1Q (although IPSec is the leading technology for secured VPNs in IP environments)

Figure 4-3 displays the ASWipLL systems 802.1Q VLAN support.

Figure 4-3: ATM switch using VLAN tag assignment for SPRs/IDRs

Table 4-2 compares ASWipLLs IP routing to 802.1Q/p.

Table 4-2: IP Routing vs. 802.1Q/p

Feature IP routing 802.1Q/p Creating groups of users IP subnets VLANs Allowing connectivity between groups of users

IP routing Using the same VLAN ID in the tag

Forbidding connectivity between groups of users

IP filters Using different VLAN IDs in the tags

Quality of Service IP-based QoS 802.1p End-to-end QoS DiffServ / TOS 802.1p

System Descript ion ASWipLL Networking

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 4-11

4.3.1. IP Routing ASWipLL supports 802.1Q in an IP routing environment. Despite ASWipLL being an IP router, it also allows the routed IP packets to be tagged by 802.1Q tags. In addition, BSR and SPR/IDR prioritize packets based on 802.1p, and SPRs/IDRs can even tag and untag routed IP packets.

ASWipLL handles IEEE 802.1Q-based packets as they pass through the system, in one of the following ways:

! Transfers the IEEE 802.1Q tagged IP frames through the systemthis is useful when different elements in the network (e.g. LAN switches in the CPE) tag and untag the packets permitted by ASWipLL.

! Adds/removes a single IEEE 802.1Q tag to the outgoing/incoming packets this is useful when ASWipLL is requested to create tags, and untag them. SPR/IDR tags packets when they leave towards the BSR. When packets arrive at the SPR/IDR from the BSR, the SPR/IDR verifies that they have the correct tag, and if so, untags them and allows the packets entry.

ASWipLL also allows the user to configure rules to map 802.1p into ASWipLLs QoS feature, thereby allowing end-to-end QoS.

4.3.2. PPPoE ASWipLL also supports 802.1Q in a PPPoE environment. Both the BSR and SPR/IDR can prioritize packets based on 802.1p. 802.1Q allows PPPoE packets to be tagged (and untagged) by the SPR/IDR. Each SPR/IDR can create two different tags: one for IP, the other for PPPoE. This is useful when using IP for voice (VoIP) and PPPoE for data. This allows the ATM, FR, or MPLS routers/switches to use the VLAN tags to easily distinguish voice from data traffic.

Notes: 1) 802.1Q/p for PPPoE is supported only over "4 Mbps hardware" BSRs and SPRs (similar to PPPoE bridging). 2) 802.1Q/p for PPPoE is supported only when IP filters are not used.

ASWipLL Networking System Descript ion

4-12 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

4.4. Transparent Bridging ASWipLL supports transparent bridging, where all devices may share the same IP subnet address.

The ASWipLL system is a "learning" transparent bridge providing up to 1,024 MAC addresses per BSR/PPR (including MAC addresses of SPRs/IDRs), and up to 128 MAC addresses per SPR/IDR. The ASWipLL BSR/PPR devices need only to "learn" MAC addresses on its air port, and does not need to learn MAC addresses on its LAN port. This is made possible by the BSRs/PPRs connectivity to ASWipLLs Ethernet LAN switch (BSDU or SDA-4S) or a router, which "learns" the MAC addresses of ASWipLL radio devices.

Figure 4-4: Simplistic example of ASWipLLs transparent bridging

In Figure 4-4, all the ASWipLL devices belong to the same subnet, a fundamental characteristics of transparent bridging. SPR/IDR in tag/untag mode, tags transmitted packets over-the-air with a VLAN ID, and untags received traffic from over-the-air, if the packets contain the correct VLAN ID.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Networking

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 4-13

ASWipLLs transparent bridging provides the following advantages:

! Fully transparent, connectionless network (one logical network)

! Self-learning mechanism of MAC addresses of all devices

! Simple and easy IP address schemes for ASWipLLs subscriber devices (i.e. SPRs/IDRs)

! Reduces complexity of IP addressing (as all devices are in the same subnet)

! Reduces traffic and improves network response time

Note: Transparent bridging does not support IP filtering.

4.5. Quality of Service ASWipLLs Quality of Service (QoS) feature allows the operator to define priorities for each service type to ensure that each service is handled efficiently.

Quality of Service setup for the SPR/IDR and BSR/PPR is similar. The only difference is that BSR's QoS is pertinent to downlinks (traffic from the BSR to all SPRs associated with the BSR); SPR's QoS is pertinent to uplinks (traffic from the SPR to the BSR.

ASWipLL QoS are governed by the following:

! Network type:

! IP: all IP packets

! PPPoE Discovery: broadcast packets concerned with PPPoE

! PPPoE Session: PPPoE data packets

! Others: all packets except the above.

ASWipLL Networking System Descript ion

4-14 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

! Transport protocols:

! TCP

! UDP

! ICMP

! Applications: based on transport protocol (e.g. TCP) and port number. For example, FTP (Transport = TCP; port = 21).

! IP addresses: packets originating from specific IP addresses

ASWipLL prioritizes this traffic based on the following two parameters:

! Class (traffic priority): Range 0 through 6. Class determines the relevant importance of a packet, the higher the value, the higher the importance. Highest class is typically assigned to VoIP and video packets.

! Stamp: Stamp refers to the Time-To-Live (TTL) assigned to the packet. The lower the TTL, the higher the priority. After expiration, the packet is discarded. When a packet arrives from the Ethernet network the system recognizes the type of packet and assigns it with an ASWipLL Time-To-Live (TTL) value. TTL determines which packets go first, where packets share the same priority. Higher priority packets always go first regardless of the TTL of lower priority packets. The stamp range is from 3 through 4,000 milliseconds.

In addition, ASWipLL allows you to cross-map (or customize) 802.1p and DiffServ/TOS prioritization levels. For example, you can define that for DiffServ/TOS priority level 1, ASWipLL will assign its own priority level of 2.

Figure 4-5 shows the concept of QoS, where certain applications require more network resources than others.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Networking

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 4-15

Figure 4-5: ASWipLL QoS Concept

When a packet arrives from the Ethernet network to an SPR/IDR, ASWipLL identifies the packet type and assigns it a TTL value. TTL determines which packets go first when packets have the same priority level. Each packet is marked whether critical or not, to determine if it should be sent or dropped when TTL expires. Higher priority packets are always sent first, regardless of the TTL of lower priority packets.

Note: When setting priority for a specific IP address, QoS for BSR is accordingto source; QoS for SPR is according to destination.

4.5.1. ASWipLL End-to-End QoS In the world of IP, there are two conceptual methods for QoS:

! Guaranteed QoS

! Differentiated QoS (DiffServ)

In guaranteed QoS, parameters of each flow have explicit values to guarantee QoS parameters. IP Integrated Services (IntServ) and Recourse Reservation Protocol (RSVP) provide guaranteed QoS solutions, but they are not scalable. They waste bandwidth, require new hardware and software in routers, and require that applications be QoS aware.

ASWipLL Networking System Descript ion

4-16 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

A more practical approach is provided by DiffServ, where:

! Traffic is classified in "classes" (as opposed to specific, independent "flows")

! Relative priorities are defined

If all elements in the network support DiffServ/TOS, then end-to-end QoS is available. This is the reason for using DiffServ/TOS in IP phones, Residential Gateways (RGWs), routers, and head-end gateways. These network elements either mark DiffServ/TOS bits and prioritize packets based on them, or simply prioritize packets based on DiffServ/TOS.

MultiProtocol Label Switching (MPLS) provides an ideal solution for forwarding packets in the backbone, and providing QoS and VPN services. MPLS differs from standard routing in that it relates not only to IP addresses, but also to other criteria such as DiffServ/TOS marking. Thus, DiffServ/TOS is useful for both traffic engineering as well as criteria for MPLS rules.

4.5.1.1. DiffServ/TOS

ASWipLL provides a solution for voice and data with an enhanced QoS mechanism. ASWipLLs DiffServ/TOS provides end-to-end QoS. Elements in the network of different vendors mark DiffServ/TOS bits and use DiffServ/TOS bits as another criterion for QoS. The BSR/PPR and SPR/IDR can map specific DiffServ/TOS bits into ASWipLLs QoS priorities.

By using the ASWipLL management tool (i.e. WipManage), the operator can map DiffServ/TOS markings to ASWipLLs QoS. As shown in Figure 4-6, ASWipLL is linked to the IP/MPLS/ATM backbone via a router/switch. The backbone router, like ASWipLL, can use DiffServ/TOS bits for QoS. For MPLS, the backbone router can use DiffServ/TOS bits as the criteria for its rules.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Networking

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 4-17

Figure 4-6: ASWipLL DiffServ/TOS links

4.5.1.2. 802.1p

ASWipLL handles the IEEE 802.1Q/p-based packets as they go through the system in one of two ways:

! Transfers the IEEE 802.1Q/p tagged IP frames through the system. This is useful when different elements in the network (for example, RGWs and LAN switches in the CPE) tag and untag the IP packets permitted by ASWipLL. It translates the priorities of 802.1p into ASWipLLs QoS so that ASWipLL can provide end-to-end QoS.

! Adds/removes a single IEEE 802.1Q/p tag to the outgoing/incoming packets. This is useful when ASWipLL is requested to create tags, and untag them. SPR/IDR tags packets when they leave towards the BSR. When packets arrive at the SPR/IDR from the BSR, the SPR/IDR verifies that they have the correct tag, and if so, untags them and allows the packets entry.

ASWipLL Networking System Descript ion

4-18 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

In IP routing mode, the SPR/IDR can tag/untag IP packets with one VLAN ID, and tag/untag PPPoE with another VLAN ID. In transparent bridging mode, the SPR/IDR can tag/untag all packets with one VLAN ID.

4.6. Bandwidth Management ASWipLL provides enhanced bandwidth management mechanisms by implementing the following functionality:

! Committed Information Rate CIR)

! Maximum Information Rate (MIR)

! VoIP bandwidth priority

! CIR proportional degradation

! Fairness

4.6.1. MIR and CIR The ASWipLL system allows operators to manage the bandwidth policy allocated to their subscribers, assuring optimal network performance. ASWipLL allows operators to provide a maximum amount of bandwidth to a subscriber, referred as maximum information rate (MIR). In addition, ASWipLL allows operators to provide a guaranteed bandwidth, referred as committed information rate (CIR), to a subscriber even when the network is loaded. Typically, subscribers pay different rates for the levels of desired bandwidth commitment. Different levels of CIR and MIR can be sold as different services (for example, Platinum, Gold, Silver, and Bronze) at different prices.

ASWipLL allows the operator to implement CIR and MIR in the following two modes:

! Asymmetric CIR/MIR: different CIR and MIR values for uplink (i.e. traffic from subscriber to Base Station) than for CIR and MIR downlink. This is useful in applications such as cable TV (CATV), where a higher downlink bandwidth is needed than in uplink.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Networking

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 4-19

! Aggregated CIR/MIR: values defined for the sum of the uplink and downlink traffic. This is useful when there exists varying bandwidth demands on the network, different applications, or different user types.

4.6.1.1. MIR

ASWipLLs MIR feature allows the operator to define a maximum bandwidth for the subscriber, which cannot be exceeded (see Figure 4-7).

Time

Subscriber Traffic

MIR

Non-conforming MIR - not allowed

Time

Subscriber Traffic

MIR

Non-conforming MIR - not allowed

Figure 4-7: MIR for a subscriber

ASWipLLs MIR feature includes the following:

! Operators use MIR to limit the subscribers bandwidth for the following reasons:

! To sell different levels of service

! To avoid unreasonable customer expectations in a network that is being gradually developed and populatedwhen the number of subscribers in a cell increases, bandwidth per subscriber decrease.

! BSR, as the cell coordinator, is responsible for the assignment of bandwidth for the SPRs/IDRs. Therefore, MIR definitions are part of BSRs configuration.

! BSR calculates and allocates the bandwidth to the SPRs/IDRs every eight milliseconds (however, a packet transmission is completed even if it takes longer). Bandwidth allocation every eight milliseconds compensates for the previous time period.

! MIR values are set as n*64 kbps, where n is an integer number (n = 1, 2, 3, and so on).

ASWipLL Networking System Descript ion

4-20 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

! MIR values are defined per SPR/IDR.

! Bandwidth cannot exceed the MIR.

! Bandwidth limitation is applied to the sum of the uplink and downlink or separate values for uplink and downlink.

4.6.1.2. CIR

ASWipLLs CIR feature allows the operator to define a guaranteed bandwidth to a subscriber, even when the network is loaded (see Figure 4-8).

CIR and MIR

Time

Traffic

MIR

Non-conforming MIR - not allowed

CIR Non conforming CIR - allowed

Bandwidth up to CIR limit is expected by the user Bandwidth may exceed the CIR limit Bandwidth never exceeds the MIR limit CIR and MIR are defined per SPR

CIR and MIR

Time

Traffic

MIR

Non-conforming MIR - not allowed

CIR Non conforming CIR - allowed

Bandwidth up to CIR limit is expected by the user Bandwidth may exceed the CIR limit Bandwidth never exceeds the MIR limit CIR and MIR are defined per SPR

Figure 4-8: ASWipLLs Committed Information Rate (CIR)

The CIR features include the following:

! If the subscribers bandwidth requirement is less than or equal to the CIR, then ASWipLL aspires to meet this bandwidth requirement.

! Bandwidth may exceed the CIR limit. If the subscribers bandwidth requirement is greater than the CIR, and available bandwidth exists, the ASWipLL system can provide more bandwidth than the CIR level.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Networking

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 4-21

! Subscribers often understand CIR as being "guaranteed bandwidth", but sometimes the system cannot guarantee this bandwidth. Therefore, operators declare that CIR is guaranteed at an x percentage of the time.

! BSR, as the cell coordinator, is responsible for bandwidth assignment to the SPRs/IDRs. Therefore, CIR definitions are part of BSRs configuration.

! BSR calculates and allocates the bandwidth to the SPRs/IDRs every eight milliseconds (however, a packet transmission is completed even if it takes longer). Bandwidth allocation every eight milliseconds compensates for the previous time period.

! CIR values are set as n*64 kbps, where n is an integer number or zero (n = 0, 1, 2, and so on)

! CIR values are defined per SPR/IDR.

4.6.2. CIR Proportional Degradation When the total CIR of active SPRs and IDRs is greater than the available bandwidth for data (CIR overbooking), ASWipLL implements its CIR Proportional Degradation feature.

CIR overbooking can derive from the following:

! Large number of active SPRs/IDRs (running data)

! Large number of VoIP calls

! Modem rate decreases to an unexpected value

! Poor RF conditions (this may be relevant even in a, for example, fixed modem rate)

In the event of CIR overbooking, the CIR decreases in proportion to the configured CIR of the SPRs/IDRs. In other words, each SPR/IDR receives bandwidth that equals to k*configured CIR, where 0<k<1 (k is referred to as the proportion factor). Therefore, the proportion between CIR bandwidth values of all SPRs/IDRs is maintained.

ASWipLL Networking System Descript ion

4-22 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Table 4-3 shows an example of CIR proportional degradation for three active subscribers (SPRs) where the modem rate is 3 Mbps and data packets are used.

Table 4-3: Example of CIR Proportional Degradation

3.2 Mbps 2.4 Mbps due to 80% efficiency (80%*3 Mbps) SPR CIR (Mbps) CIR Proportional Degradation (Mbps) k = 2.4/3.2 A 1.28 2.4/3.2 * 1.28 = 0.96 B 1.28 2.4/3.2 * 1.28 = 0.96 C 0.64 2.4/3.2 * 0.64 = 0.48

4.6.3. ASWipLL CIR/MIR and VoIP ASWipLL supports voice and data. Voice is provided by Voice-over-IP (VoIP) gateways or residential gateways (RGW) located at subscribers and central locations in the network. VoIP sessions consume bandwidth that depends on the codec (e.g. G.711, G.723, G.729).

ASWipLL provides as much bandwidth as required for VoIP calls, regardless of MIR. For standard data, however, ASWipLL provides bandwidth based on the CIR/MIR definitions (see Section 4.6.1, "MIR and CIR"). Even if the subscriber utilizes maximum bandwidth for standard data applications, according to the defined MIR (e.g. 128 Kbps), the subscriber can still make VoIP calls (e.g. 128 Kbps for data, plus x Kbps for VoIP). Therefore, the bandwidth allocated for VoIP calls is not at the expense of the bandwidth for the standard data.

ASWipLL assigns a higher bandwidth priority for VoIP calls than bandwidth for data applications. In other words, allocating bandwidth for VoIP calls has higher priority than meeting the CIR/MIR settings. Therefore, in a cell that is loaded with VoIP calls, meeting the CIR/MIR requirements may be difficult. In such a scenario, CIR proportional degradation occurs (see Section 4.6.2, "CIR Proportional Degradation"). However, careful network and capacity planning minimizes the occurrences of such a scenario.

The ASWipLL operator may prefer a different approach by configuring ASWipLL to include VoIP bandwidth within the CIR/MIR definitions.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Networking

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 4-23

4.6.4. ASWipLL CIR/MIR and Modem Rate The ASWipLL BSR may automatically decrease the modem rate for communicating with each of the SPRs/IDRs. The changes in modem rate are according to the following schemes:

! 4 Mbps / 1.33 Mbps

! 3 Mbps / 2 Mbps / 1 Mbps

Subscribers MIR and CIR are maintained despite modem rate decreases. However, if CIR overbooking occurs, CIR proportional degradation occurs (see Section 4.6.2, "CIR Proportional Degradation").

4.6.5. Fairness For certain IP applications such as FTP, a subscriber that demands high bandwidth (due to, for example, possessing many PCs) can cause bandwidth reduction to other subscribers who are less active.

Some operators or service providers prefer to divide available bandwidth equally among subscribers, irrespective of the subscribers number of active PCs and applications. ASWipLLs Fairness feature achieves this bandwidth division, by allocating equal bandwidth to all active subscribers. Figure 4-9 shows a typical implementation of ASWipLLs Fairness feature. In the example, Subscriber #1, despite requiring more bandwidth, receives the same bandwidth (i.e. 1.2 Mbps) as Subscriber #2.

ASWipLL Networking System Descript ion

4-24 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Figure 4-9: Example of ASWipLLs Fairness Feature

ASWipLL implements Fairness in the following way:

! The BSR divides the available effective throughput equally among the active SPRs/IDRs at a given time

! If there are n SPRs/IDRs, each device is allocated with 1/n of the available bandwidth. For example, a 3 Mbps BSR with 3 subscribers is 3/3 = 1.

! The number of active users is calculated every four milliseconds.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Networking

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 4-25

4.7. Security The ASWipLL system provides extensive security features to ensure security on all levels of the OSI Model. Figure 4-10 displays ASWipLLs security features for the various OSI layers.

OSI Model WipLL Security

IP filters, Intracom, SNMP Security

IP filters, Intracom

IP filters, IP routing, Intracom, 802.1Q

PPMA, Authentication, PPPoE bridging

Frequency Hopping

Application

Transport

Network

Data Link

Physical

Session

Presentation

OSI Model WipLL Security

IP filters, Intracom, SNMP Security SNMP Security

IP filters, Intracom

IP filters, IP routing, Intracom

PPMA, Authentication, PPPoE bridging, 802.1Q

Frequency Hopping

Application

Transport

Network

Data Link

Physical

Session

Presentation

Figure 4-10: ASWipLL Security features for the OSI layers

4.7.1. Layer 1: Frequency Hopping ASWipLLs implementation of the Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum (FHSS) technology provides security at OSIs Layer 1. In FHSS, the carrier wave frequency at which the information signal is transmitted is continuously changing. Therefore, it is very difficult to detect the transmission frequency at any given time; and if detected, the frequency changes within a few milliseconds, rendering external interceptions almost impossible.

ASWipLLs BSR stores up to 64 frequency tables: each table storing up to 96 frequencies. The BSR centrally coordinates the entire cell.

ASWipLL Networking System Descript ion

4-26 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum provides the following security features:

! Multiple access capability

! Interference rejection (relevant in unlicensed band only)

! Protection against multipath interference

! Anti-jamming

! Low probability of interception (LPI)

! Privacy

4.7.2. Layer 2 The ASWipLL system provides OSI Layer 2 security, with regards to the following:

! Preemptive Polling Multiple Access (PPMA)

! Authentication

! Encryption

! PPPoE bridging (authentication)

! 802.1Q (VLAN security)

4.7.2.1. PPMA

ASWipLL implements a proprietary MAC protocol called Preemptive Polling Multiple Access (PPMA), which provides high-level security (see Chapter 3, "ASWipLLs Air MAC Protocol").

4.7.2.2. Authentication (PPMA)

To receive service from the BSR, the SPR/IDR must be registered with the BSR. This registration is based on the SPRs/IDRs index number and the BSRs unique air MAC address, configured by the ASWipLL management tool (WipManage).

System Descript ion ASWipLL Networking

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 4-27

ASWipLLs authentication operates in the following manner:

1. When an SPR/IDR attempts to register with the BSR, the SPR/IDR sends a "Request to Send" message.

2. The BSR then checks if the SPRs/IDRs address is listed in the BSRs "Allowed SPRs/IDRs" list. This list is maintained by ASWipLLs network management system.

3. If the SPR/IDR is listed, then an "Association" message is sent to the SPR/IDR. If the SPR/IDR is not included in the "Allowed SPRs/IDRs" list, or the address it provides the BSR is incorrect, then no message is sent to the SPR/IDR, and the association process is terminated.

4. After the SPR/IDR receives the BSR's "Association" message, the SPR/IDR then sends its own information to the BSR, and is now considered "associated" and can start sending and receiving messages.

4.7.2.3. Encryption

ASWipLLs PPMA supports key-encrypted authentication based on a public key (defined in each BSR) and a private key (defined in each SPR/IDR).

4.7.2.4. PPPoE Bridging

The PPPoE standard allows authentication and billing for data applications. It is exported to broadband technologies from dial-up networks (that use PPP for authentication).

The PPPoE clients communicate with a PPPoE server (BRAS) that is connected to the Internet. The PPPoE server typically terminates the PPPoE sessions. The PPPoE server performs authentication. ASWipLL bridges PPPoE traffic (running on ASWipLL 4M only, and without IP filters), thereby providing the ASWipLL operator with a powerful security tool.

ASWipLL also provides 802.1Q support for the bridged PPPoE traffic.

ASWipLL Networking System Descript ion

4-28 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

4.7.2.5. 802.1Q

ASWipLL implements the 802.1Q standard for VLAN security. ASWipLL allows the creation of VLANs and trunks between VLANs. Subscribers belonging to a specific VLAN are not allowed to communicate with subscribers in a different VLAN.

ASWipLL handles the IEEE 802.1Q-based packets in one of the following ways:

! Transfers the IEEE 802.1Q tagged frames through the system. This is useful when different elements in the network (e.g. LAN switches in the CPE) tag and untag the packets permitted by ASWipLL.

! Adds and removes an IEEE 802.1Q tag to and from the outgoing and incoming packets, respectively. This is useful when ASWipLL is requested to tag and untag the packets. SPR/IDR tags the packets when they leave toward the BSR/PPR. When packets arrive at the SPR/IDR from the BSR/PPR, the SPR/IDR verifies that they contain the correct tags. If they contain the correct tags, the SPR/IDR untags them, and then allows them to pass through.

In the IP routing mode, each SPR/IDR can support a VLAN tag for routed IP traffic, and a VLAN tag for bridged PPPoE traffic. ASWipLL is always an IP router for tagged and untagged packets, and a PPPoE bridge for tagged and untagged packets.

In transparent bridging mode, SPR/IDR tag/untag all packets with only one VLAN ID. When combined with SDA-4S/VLtag it can tag/untag packets with four VLAN IDs.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Networking

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 4-29

4.7.3. Layers 3 to 7 ASWipLLs BSR and SPR/IDR devices are IP routers, and also provide network security by supporting IP filtering and Intracom features. In addition, ASWipLL provides 802.1Q support for routed IP traffic or any bridged traffic (layer 2).

4.7.3.1. IP Filtering

Using IP filtering3, the ASWipLL operator can specify traffic based on IP addresses, protocols, and applications to permit or deny through ASWipLL. IP filtering relates to downlink and uplink traffic. This provides efficient use of bandwidth as well as security.

IP filters are based on a combination of the following criteria:

! Destination IP address

! Source IP address

! Destination IP subnet

! Source IP subnet

! Protocol type (TCP, UDP, and ICMP)

! Port number: defines the application (For example, Telnet, e-mail, and Web)

ASWipLLs IP filtering reduces the need for an external firewall, or firewall capabilities in a central router.

IP filters are defined using ASWipLLs user-friendly SNMP-based NMS (WipManage). For a detailed description on defining IP filters, please refer to the WipManage Users Guide.

Note: The IP filters feature is applicable only when the ASWipLL systemoperates in the IP routing mode.

3 Note: IP Filtering is supported only by BSRs and SPRs with 4 Mbps hardware, and where PPPoE is

not implemented.

ASWipLL Networking System Descript ion

4-30 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

4.7.3.2. Intracom

Intracom provides ASWipLL security for layers 3 to 7. Typically, traffic among ASWipLL subscribers (SPR/IDR to SPR/IDR) is sent via the BSR.

The Intracom feature allows two routing modes:

! Regular: traffic among SPRs/IDRs is routed through the BSR.

! Centralized: traffic among SPRs/IDRs is routed through the BSR to a central router or firewall that is connected to the BSR (or BSDU) via Ethernet (or Fast Ethernet). The central router or firewall includes security definitions based on, for example, IP addresses, IP subnets, UDP, TCP, and ICMP ports. If traffic is allowed according to these definitions, it is routed back to the BSR, which then routes it to the relevant SPR/IDR.

By using ASWipLLs WipManage management tool, the operator can define Intracom.

Note: The Intracom feature is applicable only when the ASWipLL systemoperates in the IP routing mode.

4.7.3.3. Management (SNMP)

ASWipLLs WipManage NMS can be used to Get and Set ASWipLLs configuration parameters, traps, and statistics. To avoid unauthorized use of WipManage, the following security measurements are provided:

! Management of ASWipLL can be restricted to NMS stations with specific IP addresses (up to five) that are configured for the ASWipLL devices.

! Password login ensures only authorized operators. Access rights include Read and/or Write login passwords.

! If an incorrect password is entered, an authentication trap is sent to WipManage.

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 5-1

ASWipLL VoiceASWipLL VoiceASWipLL VoiceASWipLL Voice----overoveroverover----IP IP IP IP SolutionSolutionSolutionSolution The ASWipLL system enables customers the flexibility of migration from a data-only network to an integrated Voice-over-IP and data network. The ASWipLL system's VoIP feature provides interoperability with almost any vendor or platform.

5.1. Main Features The ASWipLL VoIP feature supports the following:

! Interoperability with third-party products such as residential gateways (RGW), access gateways, gatekeepers, and softswitches.

! Supports standard VoIP protocols such as H.323, SIP, MGCP, and MEGACO.

! Supports various speech codecs and capabilities such as G.711, G.723.1, G.729a/b, silence suppression, and T.38 (for fax).

! Supports different network interfaces such as SS7, GR-303, and V5.2 over E1, allowing deployment in multi-national markets.

! Enhanced Quality of Service (QoS) mechanism to ensure voice is prioritized over data. The SPR/IDR prioritizes the transmission of voice packets over data packets. In addition, the BSR, which centrally co-ordinates the SPRs/IDRs, provides higher priority to SPRs/IDRs with voice packets than SPRs/IDRs with data packets.

5

ASWipLL Voice-over- IP Solut ion System Descript ion

5-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

5.2. Interconnection with PSTN The ASWipLL voice solution provides interoperability with any third-party IP-to-PSTN network gateway. The use of the IP-to-PSTN gateway allows ASWipLL operators seamless PSTN connectivity such as SS7, GR-303, and V5.2 over E1, allowing deployment in multi-national markets.

5.3. Number of Supported VoIP Calls The number of VoIP calls supported by a BSR depends on the following:

! Type of VoIP equipment

! Speech codec (e.g. G.711, G.723, or G.729)

! Use (or lack) of silence suppression

! Sampling interval configured in the VoIP products (e.g. 20 msec, 30 msec, 40 msec, other)

! RF conditions Table 5-1 shows the number of simultaneous calls supported by a BSR, dependant on various parameters.

Table 5-1: Number of simultaneous calls supported by a BSR

Simultaneous calls supported Codec Rate Sampling interval

Silence suppression disabled

Silence suppression enabled

20 msec 10 15 30 msec 13 19

G.711 64 Kbps

40 msec 15 22 20 msec 14 21 30 msec 21 30

G.729B 8 Kbps

40 msec 28 40

System Descript ion ASWipLL Voice-over- IP Solut ion

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 5-3

Simultaneous calls supported Codec Rate Sampling interval

Silence suppression disabled

Silence suppression enabled

30 msec 22 31 G.723.1 5.3 Kbps 60 msec 42 60

Notes: ! All numbers refer to a 4-Mbps modem and are based on mathematical analysis.

! Silence suppression figures are based on a conservative assumption of 30% efficiency of the silence suppression implementation.

5.4. VoIP Related Capabilities The ASWipLL system provides different VoIP related capabilities:

! ASWipLL can be configured to support QoS based on DiffServ/TOS, 802.1Q/p, UDP/TCP port numbers, or IP addresses:

! If the residential gateway (RGW) supports Type Of Service (TOS), then ASWipLLs QoS can be based on TOS.

! If the RGW supports 802.1p, then ASWipLLs QoS can be based on 802.1p.

! If the RGW does not support TOS and 802.1p, then UDP/TCP port numbers or IP addresses can be used for QoS to prioritize VoIP over data, and ensure reasonable delay and jitter.

! Bandwidth Management (CIR and MIR) providing highest priority of bandwidth for VoIP:

If more VoIP calls occur than is expected, CIR proportional degradation occursevery subscriber receives less of its CIR, but CIR proportions between subscribers are maintained. For example, subscriber A has a CIR of 128 Kbps, and subscriber B has a CIR of 64 Kbps. However, due to too many VoIP calls, insufficient bandwidth occurs to meet the CIR requirements. Subsequently, proportional degradation in CIR occurs: subscriber A receives k*128 Kbps, and subscriber B receives k*64 Kbps, where k is the degradation factor.

ASWipLL Voice-over- IP Solut ion System Descript ion

5-4 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

! Different VLAN tagging for VoIP and data:

In the IP routing mode, SPRs/IDRs at the subscriber sites use separate VLAN tags for VoIP and for data (PPPoE network). The VoIP tag is later mapped by an ATM switch, MPLS switch, or FR access device to a certain VC/path dedicated for voice. The data (PPPoE) tag is later mapped by ATM/MPLS switch, or FRAD to another VC.

! Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)-based solutions for the subscriber site can be provided (voice and data subscriber often require battery backup).

! Base Station Power System (BSPS) provides N+1 or N+2 power charger redundancy and connectivity for Backup Batteries.

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 6-1

ASWipLL TDMASWipLL TDMASWipLL TDMASWipLL TDMooooP SolutionP SolutionP SolutionP Solution The ASWipLL system supports TDM over packet (TDMoP) solutions, including the following E1/T1 and leased lines applications:

! Full E1/T1 PTP

! Fractional E1/T1 point-to-point (PTP)

! V.35 point-to-point

In these applications, ASWipLL transmits the E1/T1 or V.35 traffic over a wireless Ethernet path between the ASWipLL radios. E1/T1 over Ethernet (TDMoP) is accomplished using the ASWipLL SDA-E1 device, which is an E1/T1-Ethernet converter. V.35 over Ethernet is accomplished using a third-party V.35-Ethernet converter (manufactured by Arranto). These devices are located behind the ASWipLL radios. Thus, ASWipLL provides transparent E1/T1-over-Ethernet and V.35-over-Ethernet traffic conversion.

ASWipLL supports mixed traffic from both E1/T1 and V.35 services from the customer's PBX, in combination with the customer's Ethernet services (IP). In such a setup, ASWipLLs built-in Quality of Service assigns higher priority to E1/T1 and V.35 traffic.

E1 is the European format for digital transmission. E1 carries signals at 2 Mbps (32 channels at 64 Kbps, with 2 channels reserved for signaling and controlling). T1 is the North American format for digital transmission. T1 carries signals at 1.544 Mbps (24 channels at 64 Kbps). E1 and T1 lines may be interconnected for international use.

6

ASWipLL TDMoP Solut ion System Descript ion

6-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

6.1. TDMoP Applications The subsections below describe the following supported TDMoP applications:

! Full E1/T1 Point-to-Point

! Fractional E1 Point-to-Point

! Point-to-Point V.35

6.1.1. Full E1/T1 Point-to-Point ASWipLL provides full E1/T1 over an Ethernet wireless infrastructure. ASWipLL, when used in an Ethernet environment, typically provides a maximum link (uplink and downlink combined) of up to 3.3 Mbps. Therefore, to support speeds greater than 1.5 Mbps full duplex (i.e. full E1 is 2 Mbps full duplex 30 timeslots), a double ASWipLL PTP link is required. This link consists of two PPRs at the near end (aggregated by ASWipLL SDA-4H) and two SPRs at the far end (aggregated by ASWipLL SDA-4H).

In this application, an E1/T1-to-Ethernet converter (ETC) at each end converts E1 to Ethernet, and vice versa. In this configuration PPRs and SPRs require a 4-MHz separation for TDD or a 2-MHz separation for FDD. In addition, ASWipLL serves as an IP router.

System Descript ion ASWipLL TDMoP Solut ion

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 6-3

Figure 6-1: Full E1/T1 over Ethernet

The configuration and flow of traffic depicted in the above figure is as follows:

! PPR #1 is defined as default gateway for E1/T1 Converter #1. Therefore, traffic from this converter passes to PPR #1, then to SPR #1, and then to E1/T1 Converter #2.

! SPR #2 is defined as default gateway for E1/T1 Converter #2. Therefore, traffic from this converter passes to SPR #2, then to PPR #2, and then to E1/T1 Converter #1.

ASWipLL TDMoP Solut ion System Descript ion

6-4 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

6.1.2. Fractional E1 Point-to-Point ASWipLL supports fractional E1/T1 over Ethernet in a point-to-point setup. In this configuration only a single link is required and the ASWipLL SDA-E1 device is implemented at both ends.

Figure 6-2: Fractional E1/T1 over Ethernet

6.1.3. Point-to-Point V.35 ASWipLL supports V.35 over Ethernet in a point-to-point setup, as displayed in the figure below.

Figure 6-3: V.35 over Ethernet

System Descript ion ASWipLL TDMoP Solut ion

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 6-5

If the setup does not include a V.35-over-Etherent converter, an E1/T1 converter can be impelmented to convert V.35 to E1/T1, and then to Ethernet packets, so that the ASWipLL radios can transmit the packets over the air (as displayed in Figure 6-4).

Figure 6-4: V.35 over Ethernet using the SDA-E1 E1/T1 converter

ASWipLL TDMoP Solut ion System Descript ion

6-6 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

6.2. SDA-E1 Device The SDA-E1 (shown in the figure below) is an indoor, fully integrated TDM over Packet (TDMoP) device that multiplexes one fractional E1/T1 (fE1) circuit and Ethernet/IP data over a standard ASWipLL link. The SDA-E1 is thus, an E1/T1-Ethernet converter with standard SDA features.

Figure 6-5: SDA-E1

An SDA-E1, at the near-end, converts TDM bitstream into packets and transmits them over ASWipLL's packet network. An SDA-E1 at the far-end, receives the packets and converts the payload back into a TDM bitstream. The TDM packets can be multiplexed with Ethernet data packets.

Serial port E1 port LAN port ASWipLL radio

LEDs

System Descript ion ASWipLL TDMoP Solut ion

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 6-7

6.2.1. Hardware Interfaces The SDA-E1 provides various hardware interfaces, as listed in the following table.

Table 6-1: SDA-E1 hardware interfaces

Port Label Interface 15-pin D-type female UPLINK Provides 10BaseT and power interfaces with radio (i.e.

BSR, PPR, SPR) 8-pin RJ-45 LAN 10/100BaseT auto-negotiation with subscribers PC or

network (typically used for management) 8-pin RJ-45 E1 E1/T1 interface 9-pin D-type male CONSOLE Local serial configuration (Telnet, CLI, third-party Arranto

console) AC power -- Power supplied by external AC/DC power adapter

connected to mains

6.2.2. Connector Pinouts This section describes the pinouts for the following connectors:

! 15-pin D-type

! 8-pin RJ-45 (E1)

! 8-pin RJ-45 (LAN)

! 9-pin D-type

ASWipLL TDMoP Solut ion System Descript ion

6-8 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

6.2.2.1. 15-Pin D-Type

The table below describes the SDA-E1's 15-pin D-type connector pinouts.

Table 6-2: SDA-E1 connector pinouts for 15-pin D-type

Straight-through CAT-5 UTP PVC 4 Pair 24 AWG cables ASWipLL radio SDA-E1 15-pin

D-type male

Pin Function Wire color Wire

pair Pin Function 15-pin D-type male

1 +48 VDC Blue / White 1 +48 VDC 2 48 RTN Blue

1 2 48 RTN

3 Tx+ Orange / White

3 Rx+

4 Tx- Orange 2

4 Rx- 5 Rx+ Green /

White 5 Tx+

6 Rx- Green

3 6 Tx-

Note: Pins not mentioned are not used.

6.2.2.2. 8-Pin RJ-45 (E1)

The table below describes the SDA-E1's connector pinouts for the RJ-45 connector for E1 connectivity.

Table 6-3: SDA-E1 connector pinouts for RJ-45 connector for E1 interface

RJ-45 (straight-through cable)

Pin Function 1 -Rx 2 +Rx 4 -Tx 5 +Tx

Note: Pins not mentioned are not used.

System Descript ion ASWipLL TDMoP Solut ion

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 6-9

6.2.2.3. 8-Pin RJ-45 (LAN)

The table below describes the SDA-E1's connector pinouts for the RJ-45 connector for LAN connectivity.

Table 6-4: SDA-E1 connector pinouts for RJ-45 connector for LAN interface

RJ-45 (straight-through cable)

Pin Function 1 +Rx 2 -Rx 3 +Tx 6 -Tx

Note: Pins not mentioned are not used.

6.2.2.4. 9-pin D-type

The table below describes the 9-pin D-type connector for the SDA-E1's CONSOLE port.

Table 6-5: 9-pin D-type connector pinouts for SDA-E1 serial port

Crossover cable SDA-E1 PC

9-pin D-type female

Pin Function Pin Function 9-pin D-type female

2 RS232 Rx 3 Tx 3 RS232 Tx 2 Rx

5 GND 5 GND

ASWipLL TDMoP Solut ion System Descript ion

6-10 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

6.2.3. LED Indicators The SDA-E1 provides LEDs for indicating traffic and power. The LED lights are located on the top panel.

Figure 6-6: SDA-E1 LEDs located on the top panel

The tables below describe the SDA-E1 LED indicators.

Table 6-6: Description of E1 LEDs

E1 LEDs Link E1 Alarm E1

Meaning

Off Off Port not configured or administratively down Green Off Normal Green Red Red alarm due to framing error Off Red Red alarm due to loss of carrier Off Yellow Yellow alarm Green Flashing yellow Blue alarm Flashing green yellow Port in loopback

System Descript ion ASWipLL TDMoP Solut ion

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 6-11

Table 6-7: Description of STATUS, LAN, UPLINK, AND POWER LEDs

LED Color Status Meaning -- Off Not a normal state after SDA-E1 is initiated Red On Failure during power-on self-test Flashing Red

On Failure during functional test

Green On System is operating correctly: both TDM receive and transmit data paths are working with peer module and E1/T1 port.

Flashing Green

On One of the data paths is not operating correctly

Status

Alternating Red / Green

On Functional test in progress with no failures

Green On Network link (i.e. SDA-E1 with LAN) active Yellow On Link connected

LAN

-- Off Not connected Green On Radio link (e.g. BSR with SDA-E1) active Yellow On Link connected

Uplink

-- Off Not connected On Power received POWER Green Off No power received

6.2.4. Network Management The SDA-E1 can be managed and configured by one of the following methods:

! Third-party Management Console: a PC-based application that can configure the SDA-E1 via serial or network connection. The Management Console can also monitor performance and define default parameters used to initialize a standalone unit.

! Command Line Interface (CLI): provides access to all of the user modifiable parameters. The CLI can be run from a serial terminal (HyperTerminal) or a PC via a serial interface or via a network connection (e.g. Telnet).

ASWipLL TDMoP Solut ion System Descript ion

6-12 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

6.2.5. Specifications The following table lists the specifications of the SDA-E1:

Table 6-8: SDA-E1 specifications

Parameter Description Interfaces • 10BaseT with radio

• E1/T1 • LAN (10/100BaseT) • Serial • Power

Ports • 15-pin D-type: connects to ASWipLL radio (i.e. BSR, PPR, SPR) • Two 8-pin RJ-45: connection to subscriber's LAN network and E1

network • 9-pin D-type: serial interface (Telnet, CLI, third-party Arranto

E1/T1 converter) • AC/DC Power connector

Environmental conditions Temperature: 0ºC to +55ºC (32ºF to 131ºF) Power supply • 110-240 VAC

• 50/60 Hz • 0.3 to 0.7A

Output voltage 48 VDC Weight 0.53 kg Dimensions (H x W x D) 200 mm (7.87 inches) x 150 mm (5.9 inches) x 40 mm (1.57 inches)

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-1

ASWipLL Base Station ASWipLL Base Station ASWipLL Base Station ASWipLL Base Station DevicesDevicesDevicesDevices The ASWipLL Base Station is comprised of several devices (some optional) that provide the following functionalities:

! Radio communication with subscriber sites

! Interface with provider's Internet backbone

! Internal traffic switching

! Synchronization

! Power supply and power redundancy

The above functionalities are provided by the following devices (some optional and third-party devices):

! Base Station Radio (BSR): ASWipLL outdoor radio transceiver that provides radio communication with the subscriber sites. The BSR interfaces with the service provider's backbone through the Base Station Distribution Unit (BSDU) or Subscriber Data Adapter (SDA), depending on the number of BSRs at the Base Station.

! Point-to-Point Radio (PPR): ASWipLL outdoor radio transceiver similar to the BSR, but implemented in a point-to-point radio configuration, providing wireless communication with a single remote ASWipLL radio device (i.e. Subscriber Premises Radio - SPR).

7

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

! Base Station Distribution Unit (BSDU): ASWipLL device that interfaces between BSRs and the service providers backbone. The BSDU also provides local switching, frequency hopping-based synchronization for BSRs, BSDUs, and Base Stations, and power to BSRs. One BSDU can serve up to six BSRs, and up to four BSDUs can be daisy-chained at a Base Station to support up to 24 BSRs.

! GPS: optional third-party Global Positioning System antenna that provides a satellite clock signal for synchronizing BSDUs, BSRs, and Base Stations.

! Base Station Power System (BSPS): optional third-party device that provides multiple BSDUs with 48 VDC power supply and power redundancy.

The area covered by a Base Station is divided into sectors. Each sector is covered by a BSR, the central coordinator of the sector. Each Base Station provides a wireless link to all subscribers in the Base Station's sector. For full coverage, several Base Stations can be set up over an extended area.

ASWipLL operates in accordance with the service providers backbone. ASWipLL uses the provider's backbone to connect between Base Stations, and to connect to the ASWipLL management station and other resources on the network.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-3

7.1. Base Station Radio (BSR) The BSR is an outdoor radio transceiver providing the last-mile wireless link between the service providers backbone and subscribers (i.e. SPRs/IDRs).

The BSR has several roles in the following OSI layers:

! MAC layer: responsible for synchronizing SPRs/IDRs regarding timing, frequency hopping sequence, authentication, and controlallowing (or refusing) data transmission in the sector.

! Network layer: performs routing between the Base Station's Ethernet network (i.e. service providers backbone) and the SPRs. The BSR contains a routing table that can support up to 251 subscribers. BSR supports two modes of operation: IP routing and PPPoE bridging, and transparent bridging.

! Transport layer: determines how to support an application regarding bandwidth, delays, and modes of operation.

The BSRs are typically connected to the service providers wired backbone through the BSDUs Fast Ethernet port. However, a Base Station comprised of a single BSR can be connected to the backbone through ASWipLLs SDA device. The BSRs connect to the BSDU (or SDA) through a standard 100-meter CAT-5 cable, thereby, eliminating the need for expensive RF/IF cables.

Note: The indoor unit to outdoor unit (IDU/ODU) connectivity can be extendedto 200 meters by using a 100-meter CAT 5 cable joined by an Ethernet hub, orto 300 meters using three 100-meter CAT 7 cables joined by Ethernet hubs.

A typical ASWipLL Base Station contains multiple BSRs. With internal antennas, each BSR can cover a sector with an azimuth angle (yaw) of 60 degrees. Therefore, six BSRs can provide 360-degree coverage of the entire sector, as shown below.

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-4 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

= Base Station Radio (BSR)

60 sectoro

Area covered bythe base station

Figure 7-1: Base Station with six BSRs covering 360 degrees

Not all six sectors need be covered by BSRs. For example, at a housing development that faces open farmland, one could configure a Base Station to cover only 180 degrees to provide facilities only to a housing development.

The maximum number of BSRs that can be connected depends mainly on the radio bandwidth allocated to the system. Each BSR delivers up to 4 Mbps (net throughput of 3.2 Mbps) to be shared among a maximum of 252 subscribers located in its sector. As capacity demand grows, more BSRs can be added to service over 6,000 discrete subscriber sites, provided that the spectrum can accommodate this amount of subscribers.

The BSR is typically pole mounted (see figure below), but can be wall mounted as well, allowing optimal positioning for best reception with the subscriber sites.

Figure 7-2: Pole-mounted BSR

System Descript ion ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-5

7.1.1. BSR Models The BSR is available in various models, differing mainly in antenna configuration (i.e. integrated flat-panel antenna or N-type port for attaching a third-party external antenna).

7.1.1.1. BSR with Integrated, Flat-Panel Antenna

This BSR model type contains an integrated (internal) flat-plate antenna(s). The number of integrated antennas depends on the operating frequency band, as shown in the table below.

Table 7-1: BSR model with integrated antenna

No. of integrated antennas ASWipLL product (BSR) One • ASWipLL 700 (i.e. 700 MHz)

• ASWipLL 900 (i.e. 900 MHz) • ASWipLL 1.5 (i.e. 1.5 GHz)

Two • ASWipLL 2.3 (i.e. 2.3 GHz) • ASWipLL 2.4 (i.e. 2.4 GHz) • ASWipLL MMDS (i.e. 2.5 GHz) • ASWipLL 2.8 (i.e. 2.8 GHz) • ASWipLL 3.x (i.e. 3 GHz) • ASWipLL 5.8 (i.e. 5.8 GHz)

Note: ASWipLL 925 (i.e. 925 MHz) provides a BSR model without an integrated antenna (i.e. provides an N-type connector for attaching a third-party external antenna).

The presence of two internal antennas provides antenna diversity, whereby the incoming signals are received by the antenna measuring the strongest received signal strength (i.e. RSSI) to overcome multi-path effects.

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-6 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

The front panel of the BSR model is displayed below.

Figure 7-3: BSR model with internal antennas (front panel)

The BSR model with an integrated antenna(s) is available in the following variations:

! Standard BSR: provides 8- through 12-dBi antenna gain, depending on operating frequency.

! BSR with Narrow-Beam Antenna: provides an 18-dBi antenna gain. This model is only applicable for the ASWipLL 3.x (3.5 GHz band) system.

7.1.1.2. BSR with N-Type Connector for Third-Party External Antenna

Airspan provides BSR models that provide an N-type connector(s) for attaching a third-party external antenna(s). The number of N-type connectors (one or two) depends on the operating frequency band.

! BSR with one N-type connector: for ASWipLL 5.8 (i.e. 5.8 GHz), ASWipLL 3.x (i.e. 3 GHz), ASWipLL 2.8 (i.e. 2.8 GHz), ASWipLL MMDS (i.e. 2.5 GHz), ASWipLL 2.4 (i.e. 2.4 GHz), and ASWipLL 2.3 (i.e. 2.3 GHz).

Figure 7-4: BSR model with one N-type connector

N-type port for external third-party antenna

Serial port (9-pin D-type)

Ethernet port (15-pin D-type)

System Descript ion ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-7

! BSR with two N-type connectors: provides an option for attaching two third-party external antennas for dual antenna diversity. This model is applicable for BSRs operating in the 925-MHz (ASWipLL 925), 900-MHz (ASWipLL 900), and 700-MHz (ASWipLL 700) bands. The N-type connectors are labeled Primary (transmit and receive) and Secondary (receive only). (For the 700-MHz band, Airspan supplies either a 90° (14 dBi) or omni-directional (7 dBi) antenna.)

Figure 7-5: BSR model with two N-type connectors

Notes: 1) It is recommended that third-party external antennas provide 50-ohm impedance and a VSWR of less than 1:1.5. 2) BSR models with a connector(s) to attach an external antenna(s) do not contain integrated antennas. 3) An external antenna may provide a gain of 5 to 15 dBi. Compliance is the responsibility of the customer.

7.1.2. Standard Accessories The following accessories are provided with each BSR kit:

! Mounting kit for pole mounting with tilting options

! 15-pin D-type data connector for Ethernet interface

! N-type connector for attaching a third-party external antenna (for BSR model without an integrated antenna)

N-type port for main external antenna

N-type port for second (receiving) external antenna

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-8 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

7.1.3. Hardware Interfaces The BSR's hardware interfaces are described in the table below.

Table 7-2: BSR hardware interfaces

Port Interface 15-pin D-type • Ethernet (10BaseT) with the BSDU (or SDA)

• Synchronization (controlled by BSDU) • Power (supplied by BSDU or SDA)

9-pin D-type Serial (RS-232) local initial configuration (using WipConfig tool) during installation

N type (applicable only for BSR models without integrated antenna)

For attaching third-party external antennas. BSR models for the 700, 900, and 925 MHz bands provide two N-type ports.

7.1.4. Connector Pinouts This section describes the connector pinouts for the following connectors:

! 15-pin D-type (Ethernet, synchronization, power interface)

! 9-pin D-type (serial interface)

7.1.4.1. 15-pin D-type Connector (Ethernet)

The BSR's 15-pin D-type port interfaces with the BSDU's/SDA's 15-pin D-type port through a CAT 5 cable with 15-pin D-type connectors on either side. Table 7-3 describes these connector pinouts.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-9

Table 7-3: 15-pin D-type connector pinouts for BSR-to-BSDU cabling

Straight-through CAT-5 UTP PVC 4 Pair 24 AWG cables BSR BSDU 15-pin

D-type male

Pin Function Wire color Wire

pair Pin Function 15-pin D-type male

1 +48 VDC Blue / White 1 +48 VDC 2 48 RTN Blue

1 2 48 RTN

3 Tx+ Orange / White

3 Rx+

4 Tx- Orange 2

4 Rx- 5 Rx+ Green /

White 5 Tx+

6 Rx- Green 3

6 Tx- 7 Sync.+ Brown /

White 7 Sync.+

8 Sync.- Brown 4

8 Sync.-

Notes: • A CAT 5 cable connects to the 15-pin D-type port, therefore, only eight pins are used (i.e. pins 9

through 15 are not used). • The wire color-coding described in the table (and shown in the figure below) is ASWipLL's

standard for wire color-coding. However, if you implement your company's wire color-coding scheme, ensure wires are paired and twisted according to pin functions (e.g. Rx+ with Rx-).

• When the BSR is connected to an SDA, pins 7 and 8 are not used (i.e. no synchronization).

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-10 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Figure 7-6: ASWipLL wire color-coding for 15-pin D-type connectors

Note: The wires are twisted together in pairs, for example, blue/white withblue, and orange/white with orange. This prevents electrical interferencebetween the transmitter pins. For example, pin 3 (Tx+; orange / white) is pairedand twisted with pin 4 (Tx-; orange).

7.1.4.2. 9-pin D-type Connector (Serial)

For BSR serial configuration, the BSRs 9-pin D-type port (labeled SERIAL) interfaces with a PCs serial COM port. The following table describes the 9-pin D-type connector pinouts for BSR serial cabling.

Table 7-4: 9-pin D-type connector pinouts for BSR-to-PC serial connection

Crossover cable BSR PC

9-pin D-type male

Pin Function Pin Function 9-pin D-type female

2 RS232 Rx 3 Tx 3 RS232 Tx 2 Rx

5 GND 5 GND

Note: For BSR serial configuration, the BSR must remain connected to the BSDU/SDA (i.e. the BSRs 15-pin D-type port remains connected to the BSDUs/SDAs 15-pin D-type port).

System Descript ion ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-11

7.1.5. Network Management The BSR is managed remotely by ASWipLL's NMS program (i.e. WipManage) from anywhere that provides IP connectivity to the BSR. ASWipLLs SNMP-based WipManage program uses standard proprietary MIBs for configuring and managing the BSR. WipManage provides the BSR with fault, configuration, performance, and security management. For a detailed description on WipManage, see Chapter 12, "Management System".

7.1.6. Technical Specifications The tables below describe the BSR technical specifications.

Table 7-5: BSR and MAC specifications

Parameter Value Comment Operating frequency range

5.8 GHz; 3.x GHz; 2.8 GHz; MMDS; 2.4 GHz; 2.3 GHz; 1.5 GHz; 925 MHz; 900 MHz; 700 MHz

Other ranges available for trial

Spectrum spreading method

Frequency hopping Per ETSI EN301 253

Duplex method • Time Division Duplexing (TDD): 5.8 GHz, 3.x GHz, 2.8 GHz, MMDS, 2.4 GHz, 2.3 GHz, 925 MHz, 900 MHz, 700 MHz

• Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD): 3.x GHz, 1.5 GHz

Transmit bit rates Up to 4 Mbps BER and distance dependent Channel spacing 1 MHz For 3.5 GHz the channel

spacing can be 1 MHz or 1.75 MHz

Output power from the BSR

• 31 dBm: 700 MHz • 30 dBm: 1.5 GHz, 925 MHz, 900

MHz • 27 dBm: 5.8 GHz, 3.x GHz, 2.8

GHz, MMDS, 2.4 GHz, 2.3 GHz

Depending on local regulations (e.g. FCCsee Appendix G, "Declaration of FCC Conformity"), maximum output power can be configured at the factory

Modulation method 8-level CPFSK

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-12 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Parameter Value Comment Channel access method PPMA / Adaptive TDMA Protocol efficiency Up to 80% For large data packets Number of SPR/IDR per BSR

Up to 251

Table 7-6: BSR EMC and radio standards compliance

Parameter Value Radio Standards Compliance

• ETSI EN 300 328-1 • ETSI EN 301 253 • FCC part 15 • RSS139 • Telec

EMC • ETSI ETS 300 826 • ETSI EN 300 385 • ETSI EN 300 386-2 • ETSI ETS 300 132-2 • FCC part 15

Table 7-7: BSR agency certification

Parameter Value Emissions / Immunity EN 300 339 EN 300 386-2 ETS 300 328 Safety EN / IEC 60950 Environmental ETS 300 019-2-x

Table 7-8: BSR network specifications

Parameter Value Comment Filtering Rate 10,500 frames/sec At 64 byte packets Forwarding Rate 1,300 frames/sec At 64 byte packets Routing table length 350 networks, including subnets

System Descript ion ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-13

Table 7-9: BSR power requirements

Parameter Value Comment Voltage • Minimum: • Maximum:

48 VDC nominal • 30 VDC • 55 VDC

Voltage is received from the BSDU or SDA, depending on Base Station setup

Maximum Amperes: 500 mA

Table 7-10: BSR environmental conditions

Parameter Value Comment Operating temperature of outdoor units (BSR and SPR)

-30ºC to +60ºC (-22ºF to 140ºF)

Optional range of -40ºC to +70ºC

Storage temperature -40ºC to +80ºC (-40ºF to 176ºF )

Table 7-11: BSR network interface

Parameter Value Comment Ethernet Network UTP EIA/TIA Category 5 Standards Compliance ANSI/IEEE 802.3 and

ISO/IEC 8802-3 10Base-T compliant

Serial Port RS-232

Table 7-12: BSR physical dimensions

Parameter Value Comment Height 400 mm (15.74 inches) Width 317 mm (12.48 inches) Depth 65.5 mm (2.58 inches) Weight 4.7 kg

Excluding mounting kit

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-14 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

7.2. Base Station Distribution Unit (BSDU) The ASWipLL Base Station Distribution Unit (BSDU) provides an interface between multiple BSRs and the service providers backbone (Wide Area Network - WAN). The BSDU provides the following functionalities:

! Data switching: between up to six BSRs and two 100BaseT Ethernet ports (i.e. backbone)

! Frequency Hopping Synchronization: between daisy-chained BSDUs and between BSRs

! Power distribution: provides DC power from a single 48 VDC source to six BSRs

The BSDU is designed to be installed in a standard 19-inch cabinet, and provides built-in mounting bracket flanges for mounting the BSDU into the cabinet. Figure 7-7 and Figure 7-8 display the front and rear panels of the BSDU respectively.

Figure 7-7: BSDU front panel

BSRs LEDs 100Base-T LEDs

Status LEDs Power receptacle BSPS power management port

10BaseT ports Serial port Synchronization ports

100BaseT ports

System Descript ion ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-15

Figure 7-8: BSDU rear panel

7.2.1. Hardware Interfaces Table 7-13 describes the BSDU ports and interfaces.

Table 7-13: BSDU hardware interfaces

Panel side

Port / connector

Label Interface Description

8-pin RJ-45 (two)

100Base-T 100Base-T Interface with provider's backbone; local IP management for daisy-chained BSDUs and BSRs if 10Base-T 1 and 10Base-T 2 ports looped

8-pin RJ-45 (two)

SYNC 10Base-T Hopping synchronization between daisy-chained BSDUs

9-pin D-type female

Monitor RS-232 BSDU serial initial configuration

8-pin RJ-45 10Base-T 1 10Base-T Local IP network management (by WipManage) of all BSRs connected to BSDU

8-pin RJ-45 10Base-T 2 10Base-T Local IP network management (by WipManage) of the BSDU

9-pin D-type male

Management RS-232 BSPS IP network management

Front

DC power input -48 VDC Power 48 VDC supply from BSPS 15-pin D-type (six)

BSR 10Base-T Ethernet, synchronization, and power interface with BSR

Rear

15-pin D-type GPS GPS sync. Interface with GPS for ASWipLL clock synchronization

15-pin D-type ports for BSRs

15-pin D-type for GPS Grounding lug

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-16 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

7.2.2. LED Indicators The BSDU provides LED indicators located on the BSDUs front panel (see Figure 7-7). These LEDs are grouped under the following labels:

! BSRs

! 100Base-T

! Status

7.2.2.1. BSRs LEDs

The BSDUs BSRs LED indicators include three LEDs for each of the six BSR ports. These LEDs are described in Table 7-14.

Table 7-14: Description of BSRs LEDs

LED Color Status Meaning On Ethernet activity detected on BSR port Act Yellow Off No Ethernet activity detected on BSR port On Physical link exists between BSDU and BSR Link Yellow Off No physical link exists between BSDU and BSR On Power supplied to BSDUs BSR port PWR Yellow Off BSDUs BSR port is disabled by software, or port failure has

occurred

System Descript ion ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-17

7.2.2.2. 100Base-T LEDs

The BSDUs 100Base-T LED indicators include three LEDs for each of the two 100Base-T ports. These LEDs are described in Table 7-15.

Table 7-15: Description of 100Base-T LEDs

LED Color Status Meaning On Data is received through the 100Base-T port Rx Yellow Off No data is received through the 100Base-T port On Viable physical link between the 100Base-T port and the

external device to which this port connects Link Yellow

Off No physical link between 100Base-T port and external device to which this port connects

On Power is supplied to the 100Base-T port 10/100 Yellow Off No power at the 100Base-T port

7.2.2.3. Status LEDs

The BSDUs Status LED indicators display the status of various synchronization signals. These LEDs are described in Table 7-16.

Table 7-16: Description of Status LEDs

LED Color Status Meaning HSP (Hop Synchronization Process)

Green On BSDU synchronization process is active

Only right LED is on Synchronization process is starting Both LEDs are on BSDU is the master (i.e. controller)

in the synchronization ring Only left LED is on BSDU is a slave device

State (two LEDs) Green

Both LEDs are off BSDU sync pulse lost On GPS is connected to the BSDU GPS (Global

Positioning Satellite) Green

Blinking Receiving a satellite signal HSP P Green On Change state for the Hop

Synchronization Process Pulse

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-18 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

7.2.3. Network Management The BSDU can be managed remotely by ASWipLL's NMS program (i.e. WipManage) from anywhere that provides IP connectivity to the BSDU. ASWipLLs SNMP-based WipManage program uses standard proprietary MIBs and ASWipLL proprietary MIBS for managing the hop synchronization and other specific parameters. For a detailed description of WipManage, see Chapter 12, "Management System".

7.2.4. Technical Specifications The tables below describe the BSDU technical specifications.

Table 7-17: BSDU network specifications

Parameter Value Filtering rate 105,000 frames/sec Forwarding rate 62,500 frames/sec

Table 7-18: BSDU power requirements

Parameter Value Comment Voltage -48 VDC nominal Power consumption Maximum 300W Including feeding of six BSRs

Table 7-19: BSDU environmental conditions

Parameter Value Operating temperature 0ºC to +50ºC (32ºF to 122ºF) Storage temperature -40ºC to +80ºC (-40ºF to 176ºF) Humidity 90% at 30ºC (86ºF )

Table 7-20: BSDU network interface

Parameter Value Comment Ethernet Network RJ-45 UTP EIA/TIA Category 5 Standards Compliance ANSI/IEEE 802.3, ISO/IEC

8802-3, 10/100BaseT compliant

Serial port RS-232

System Descript ion ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-19

Table 7-21: BSDU physical dimensions

Parameter Value Height 4.32 cm (1.7 inches) Width 48.26 cm (19 inches) Depth 22.86 cm (9 inches) Weight 2.9 kg

7.3. Global Positioning Satellite Antenna To synchronize between Base Stations implementing frequency hopping, and avoid radio frequency ghosting effects, it is crucial that the entire ASWipLL network operates with the same clock. To achieve this, each ASWipLL Base Station can be equipped with a GPS antenna that receives a universal Global Positioning System (GPS) satellite clock signal.

The GPS is a rugged, self-contained GPS receiver and antenna that connects to the BSDU's 15-pin D-type port. This completely sealed unit is designed to meet and exceed MIL-STD 810E standards.

Figure 7-9: Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-20 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

7.3.1. Configurations and Optional Hardware The GPS is available in a variety of configurations to suit the integration requirements: RS-232 for use with cables up to 15 meters, DGPS input, 1 pulse-per-second output, 7- or 12-pin connectors, direct or cable mount, and 1-14 UNS thread or 3 screw 10-32 UNF mounting.

The ASWipLL GPS feature provides the following optional GPS hardware:

! Magnet mount

! 5/8-inch adaptor

! 5, 15, or 50-meter mating cable

The optional ASWipLL GPS features include:

! WAAS DGPS accuracy

! RTCM-104 DGPS corrections output derived from the WAAS DGPS system

! T-RAIM for timing applications

! Carrier phase measurements at 1 Hz

7.3.2. Connector Pinouts The GPS connects to the BSDU's 15-pin D-type port labeled GPS, located on the rear BSDU panel. The cable uses a single 12-pin cable connector. Connector pinouts are shown in Figure 7-10 and described in Table 7-22.

Figure 7-10: GPS connector underside view

System Descript ion ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-21

Table 7-22: GPS connector pinouts

12-pin female (GPS) 15-pin D-type male (BSDU)

Pin Pin name Cable color Pin Lead 1 POWER Red 9

2 RX_DATA_1- Blue 5 TD+ (after R5)

3 RX_DATA_1+ Black 6 TD-

4 TX_DATA_1- Yellow 4 RD-

5 TX_DATA_1+ Black 3 RD+ (after R3)

6 RX_DATA_2- Brown x

7 RX_DATA_2+ Black x

9 GND Black 10

11 1PPS+ Green 8 1PPS-

12 1PPS- Black 7 1PPS+ (After R7)

7.3.3. Technical Specifications The following table describes the GPS technical specifications.

Table 7-23: GPS specifications

Parameter Description Environmental conditions Operating temperature: -30ºC to +75ºC (-22ºF to 167ºF) Power requirements • 36 VDC from BSDU (Note: AC/DC adapter is available for

previous BSDU models) • 1.8 Watts

Dimensions • Diameter: 4.5" (115 mm) • Height: 3.6" (90 mm)

Weight 0.454 kg (2 lb)

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-22 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

7.4. Base Station Power System (BSPS) The Base Station Power System (BSPS) is a third-party full-redundancy 48 VDC power system that provides the following:

! 48 VDC power to an ASWipLL Base Station (i.e. BSDUs and BSRs).

! Backup power during a mains failure by providing a battery bank, which it charges. Thus, the BSPS is essentially a DC-UPS with a battery connected to it. The size of the battery determines the backup and charging time. Since the system is current limited, the maximum battery size is based on this limit.

! Full (remote) management by ASWipLL's WipManage NMS application.

The BSPS is supplied in a standard 19" x 11U rack, providing available space for additional equipment (i.e. BSDUs, which require 1U each). The total weight of the rack including the BSPS is 100 kg (220 lb).

The BSPS power requirements without load (i.e. not connected to BSDUs) or batteries are less than 0.5A.

7.4.1. Features The BSPS offers the following main features:

! Two to four parallel rectifiers

! Universal input voltage (90 VAC to 270 VAC continuous, no selectors or switches)

! A built-in dual low voltage battery disconnect (LVD) protects the battery (two branches are protected) by disconnecting the battery from the load

! Remote BSPS power management (WipManage) using an RJ-45 terminal connected to the ASWipLL BSDU device

! Dual battery management (two branches) including battery test

! Boost or float charge, managed by the BSPS System Controller

! Battery terminals are protected by a dedicated thermal-magnetic circuit breaker

System Descript ion ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-23

! Load terminals are protected by a dedicated thermal-magnetic circuit breaker

! Fine system voltage adjustment on the front panel of the BSPS Main unit

! Active current sharing among all rectifiers in the system for optimal performance

! An output diode on each rectifier averts a system breakdown when a rectifier short circuits

! Provides measurement of AC, DC, battery, temperature, and other parameters

7.4.2. System Description Figure 7-11 provides a block diagram of the general system description of the BSPS.

I - LOAD

TEMPERATURE

Rectifier

ALARM

-48V

LOAD

LOADSHUNT

Rectifier

Rectifier

V-Control

VOUT

I - SUPPLY

MAINS

DRY CONTACT- IN

POWER SYSTEMCONTROLLER

DUAL - LVD

RS232

c.sharing

SUPPLYSHUNT

Figure 7-11: BSPS block diagram

As shown in Figure 7-11, three BSPS rectifiers (up to four) are chained in parallel to provide the required current capacity. The output voltage of the rectifiers feeds the load and charges the batteries through the dual LVD.

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-24 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

A dedicated bus that connects the BSPS rectifiers performs current sharing autonomously.

The rectifiers share a voltage control bus (V-CONTROL) controlled by the BSPS System Controller, which allows the changing of the output DC voltage of the system.

Another bus (ALARM) sends the information of a faulty rectifier to the System Controller.

Two accurate shunt-resistors monitor the load and the total current. The battery current is then calculated by the System Controller to be the difference between the two.

Two temperature sensors are connected to measure the battery temperature.

The status of the various circuit breakers (CB's) is monitored constantly by using their auxiliary switches. The opening of a CB will result in an audio/visual alarm. When the cause of the alarm is resolved, the alarm clears and stops.

The BSPS is composed of the following units:

! Main

! DC Distribution

! Battery

7.4.3. Main Unit The BSPS Main unit is the core of the Full-Redundancy 48 VDC-power system. The Main unit consists of the following components (see Figure 7-12):

! Rectifiers: two to four rectifiers can be housed in the Main unit

! System Controller: manages the BSPS

! Low Voltage Detector (LVD)

! Load and battery circuit breakers for DC protection and distribution

Figure 7-12 illustrates the front panel of the BSPS Main unit.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-25

Figure 7-12: BSPS main unit - front panel

Legend: 1 = Adjustable 19-inch mounting flange

2 = Rectifier module (four rectifiers shown)

3 = Load breaker

4 = Battery breaker

5 = Line breaker

6 = System Controller

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-26 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Figure 7-13 illustrates the rear panel of the BSPS Main unit:

6

Figure 7-13: BSPS main rack - rear view

Legend: 1 = AC connection

2 = Comm-to-DC Distribution

3 = Temperature Sensor

4 = Comm to power system

5 = LVD connection

6 = Ground

7.4.3.1. Rectifier Module

The BSPS Rectifier module is the heart of the Full-Redundancy 48 VDC power system. It is a plugged-in module designed specifically for modular systems. Up to four rectifiers can be housed in the Main unit. The rectifiers can be "hot plugged". This enables the user to define an N+1 or N+2 redundancy system.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-27

The power factor correction (PFC) device at the input enables clean, stable, sinusoidal current consumption from the mains. This converter produces a 382 VDC output, which is then converted to the 50 VDC output. The rectifier can be calibrated to adjust the output voltage.

Figure 7-14: BSPS Rectifier module (front panel)

A current sharing circuit is responsible for current sharing among the rectifiers. This enables each one of the rectifiers to slightly increase its output voltage. The rectifiers follow the highest output voltage of the rectifiers that are used. For example, assume a BSPS has two rectifiers, and one of the rectifiers has an output voltage that is greater than the other rectifier. The rectifier with the higher output voltage becomes the master and dictates the output voltage of the BSPS system. The second rectifier raises its voltage slightly until its output current equals the output current of the master rectifier. Thus, one rectifier in the system is the master and the other rectifiers are slaves.

Load LEDs for indicating output current

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-28 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

When the master rectifier fails to operate, the rectifier with the next highest initial output automatically becomes the new master of the system.

The output current indication is indicated by the LED bar graph shown on the front panel (see Figure 7-14). This bar graph is used to verify current sharing operation, and to indicate the percentage of the full load.

An RFI input filter built into the input stage suppresses the generated noise traveling to the line.

Note: The sharing mechanism tends to raise the BSPSs output voltage. Alimit of approximately one-volt of correction is applied to the system.

Figure 7-15 displays a block diagram of the BSPS Rectifier.

Figure 7-15: BSPS Rectifier - simplified block diagram

System Descript ion ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-29

7.4.3.1.1. Specifications

The following table lists the BSPS Rectifier specifications:

Table 7-24: BSPS Rectifier specifications

Parameter Value Voltage 90VAC to 270VAC Current (nominal) 3.2A @ 230V / 4.3A @ 115V Frequency 47Hz to 63Hz

Input

Power factor (nominal line/load) Greater or equal to 0.993 Voltage (default) 53.5VDC Regulation (line & load) ±0.4% Adjustable range 47 to 58 VDC Current 12A @ 54V Ripple & noise 50mVp-p Efficiency (nominal load) 85% @ 230V / 82% @ 115V Overload current <12A Over-voltage protection 60 VDC Over-temperature protection (measured on case, upper panel corner)

• 80±5°C rectifier stops • 72±5°C rectifier recovers

Walk-in time < 0.5 sec

Output

Hold-up time 40 ms Withstand voltage (1 min) • 4230VDC INPUT/OUTPUT

• 2120VDC INPUT/GND • 1700VDC OUTPUT/GND

Working temperature -10 to 45°C Storage temperature -50 to 80°C Dimensions (mm) 235 x 150 x 50 (L x W x H) Weight 1100g EMC Refer to system specifications

General

Safety According to: IEC950

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-30 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

7.4.3.2. System Controller

The System Controller is a hot-swappable unit that manages the BSPS. The Figure 7-16 displays the front panel of the BSPS System Controller module.

Figure 7-16: System controller front panel

The System Controller front panel provides the following:

! AC: input AC voltage is normal (green)

! DC: output DC voltage is normal (green)

System Descript ion ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-31

! LVD: Low Voltage Disconnect circuit is open (battery is disconnected = red)

! BATT: battery test passed (green)

! FAULT: general alarm fault (red-continuous), faulty rectifier (red-blinks)

! BATT TEST: manual battery test (use a pencil tip to initiate)

! ALARM OFF: silences the internal buzzer (use a pencil tip)

! RESET: resets the controller (use a pencil tip)

! RS232: connector to the BSDU for BSPS power management

7.4.3.2.1. Main Functions

The BSPS System Controller provides the following main functions:

! RS232 communication with a host (i.e. through the BSDU to the ASWipLL NMS - WipManage)

! Controlling dual-LVD for managing two branches of batteries. LVD voltages are settable and nonvolatile

! Boost/Float charging, voltages are settable and nonvolatile

! Battery test for two branches

! Three dry-contacts for alarm, user-defined

! Audio-visual alarm

! LED indicators for AC, DC, LVD, battery, and general fault

! Optional: 2 x 3 digits display for system voltage/current metering

! Faulty rectifier detection

! Open breakers detection (any of them)

! LVD bypass activation alarm

! Abnormal condition detection (AC, DC, battery, over-temperature etc.)

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-32 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

7.4.3.2.2. Power Management through the BSDU

Connecting the BSPSs System Controller module to the ASWipLL BSDU provides the user with the ability to control the BSPS power system operating parameters, and retrieve system data and status information.

The BSPS System Controller connects to the BSDU(s) via an RJ-45 port located on the front panel of the System Controller. This is connected to the BSDUs 9-pin D-type port, labeled POWER Management.

The BSPS to BSDU connection cable is shown in Figure 7-17.

Figure 7-17: BSDU-to-BSPS management connectors

The table below shows the connector pinouts for the 9-pin D-type connector.

Table 7-25: BSPS-to-BSDU connector pinouts for BSPS management

Straight-through cable BSDU BSPS

9-pin D-type female

Pin Function Pin Function 8-pin RJ-45

2 Rx 3 Rx 3 Tx 6 Tx

5 GND 5 GND

System Descript ion ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-33

7.4.4. DC Distribution Unit The BSPS DC Distribution unit is an optional unit that provides more circuit breakers (CB's) for distributing the output current to multiple BSDUs.

The DC Distribution contains a bypass switch to bypass the LVD. When this switch is activated, the battery is no longer protected against deep discharge and the System Controller alarm is activated.

The DC Distribution also provides terminations for connecting to other units of the BSPS (namely, to the Main unit and extension racks).

Figure 7-18 displays the front panel of the BSPS DC Distribution unit.

Figure 7-18: BSPS DC Distribution unit - front panel

Legend:

! LOAD: DC connection to BSDUs

! DC EXT: extension rack DC power input connection

! BATT IN: battery input connection

! LVD BYPASS: bypass circuit breakers

! LOAD: load circuit breakers

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-34 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Figure 7-19 displays the rear panel of the BSPS DC Distribution unit.

LVD BYPASS - +

COMM

Figure 7-19: BSPS DC Distribution Unit - Rear Panel

Legend:

! LVD BYPASS: LVD bypass input connection from the BSPS Main unit

! COMM: Main/Extension unit communication port

7.4.4.1. Specifications

The following table lists the BSPS DC Distribution specifications:

Table 7-26: BSPS DC Distribution Specifications

Group Parameter Value Voltage 90VAC to 270VAC Current (at full load) N =Number of rectifier modules

• N*3.2A @ 230V • N*4.3A @ 115V

Frequency 47Hz to 63Hz Power factor (at full load) Greater or equal to 0.993

Input

Voltage (programmable) 42 to 60VDC ± 0.5VDC Default float and boost voltage 54 and 57VDC respectively Regulation (line, load, sharing) ±1%

Output

Current N*12A (48A max.)

System Descript ion ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-35

Group Parameter Value Psophometric noise -52 dBm (over 600 Ω) Ripple & noise 50mVp-p Efficiency (nominal load) 85% @ 230V / 82% @ 115V Overload current < N*12A Over-voltage protection 60VDC Walk-in time < 1 sec Hold-up time 40 ms Output current indication 10 LEDs bar-graph Active current sharing ±10% accuracy at full load Withstand voltage (1 min) 2120VDC INPUT/GND Working temperature -10 to 45°C Storage temperature -50 to 80°C Dimensions (19" X 3U) Depth is 320 mm W/O terminals, 360

mm with terminals Weight 13 kg (main unit + 3 rectifiers) RS232 Communication 9600 bps, no-parity, 1 stop-bit EMC According to:

• EN300-386-2 SUB 7.2.3 • EN55022 class B • IEC1000-4-2 • IEC1000-4-3 • IEC1000-4-4 • IEC1000-4-5 • IEC1000-4-6 • IEC1000-4-11 • IEC1000-3-2 • IEC1000-3-3

Safety According to: IEC950

General

Maximum current withstand 2x70A LVLD (optional)

Trip voltage level Disconnect default: 43± 0.5 VDC, user programmable Re-connect: with AC recovery

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-36 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

7.4.5. Battery Unit To provide ASWipLL system back-up power during a mains failure, two battery circuits can be connected to the BSPS. The BSPS supports up to two sets of 4x38Ah 12 VDC batteries. The BSPS provides power redundancy by charging the battery bank. Thus, the BSPS is essentially a DC-UPS with a battery connected to it. The size of the battery determines the backup and charging time. Since the system is current limited, the maximum battery size is based on this limit.

Batteries are located on two shelves fitted in the lower sections of the Airspan cabinet. These batteries are connected to the BSPS DC Distribution unit.

Note: Airspan does not supply batteries.

7.5. Typical Base Station Configurations The following subsections describe typical ASWipLL Base Station configurations.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 7-37

7.5.1. Base Station with Single BSR The ASWipLL Base Station can consist of a single BSR. In such a scenario, the BSR connects to the provider's backbone via an SDA. The SDA provides the BSR with an interface to the customers backbone, as well as with power supply.

Figure 7-20: Base station with a single BSR

ASWipLL Base Stat ion Devices System Descript ion

7-38 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

7.5.2. Multi-Layer Base Station To support a large number of subscriber sites, multiple BSRs can be installed at a Base Station (see Figure 7-21). In such a scenario, the BSRs connect to the customers backbone via the ASWipLL BSDU.

The BSDU can support up to six BSRs. In addition, up to four BSDUs can be daisy-chained to support a maximum of 24 BSRs at one Base Station. The BSDU not only interfaces between the BSR and the customers backbone, but also provides power and frequency hop synchronization between BSRs.

Figure 7-21: Base Station with multiple BSRs

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-1

ASWipLL CPE DevicesASWipLL CPE DevicesASWipLL CPE DevicesASWipLL CPE Devices The subscriber site includes the following ASWipLL customer premises equipment (CPE), depending on configuration:

! Subscriber Premises Radio (SPR): outdoor radio transceiver that receives and transmits data from and to the ASWipLL Base Station (i.e. BSR) respectively

! Subscriber Data Adapter (SDA): Ethernet hub or switch connected to SPR4

! Indoor Data Radio (IDR)5: indoor radio that combines functionality of a radio transceiver and Ethernet hub (i.e. replaces the SPR and SDA)

ASWipLLs CPE devices perform traffic routing between the subscriber sites and the Base Station. The devices also provide local Quality of Service (QoS) such as re-ordering of packets and assigning Time-to-Live (TTL) values.

4 The IDR does not require an SDA. However, the IDR may be connected to the SDA-4S model

for specific configuration setups. 5 Functionally identical to the SPR, but typical antenna gain is less than the SPR, and therefore, the

IDR is used for shorter ranges.

8

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Figure 8-1 and Figure 8-2 show typical ASWipLL subscriber site configurations.

Figure 8-1: Typical data subscriber configurations (SPR and SDA, and IDR)

Figure 8-2: Typical voice and data subscriber configuration (SPR, SDA, and RGW)

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-3

8.1. Subscriber Premises Radio (SPR) The ASWipLL Subscriber Premises Radio (SPR) is an outdoor radio that transmits and receives traffic to and from the Base Station (i.e. BSR), respectively. The SPR provides subscribers with "always-on" Internet, high-speed data-only, or data and voice (VoIP) services. Each SPR provides an access capacity of up to 4 Mbps.

The SPR interfaces with the subscriber's network (LAN) through the SDA Ethernet hub or switch. The SPR connects to the SDA's 10BaseT interface port by a standard 100-meter CAT-5 cable (i.e. no RF cable required).

Each SPR is configured with a unique BSR reference number, preventing unauthorized relocation of the SPR to another subscriber premises.

For VoIP, the subscriber site includes a third-party residential gateway (RGW) that connects to the SDA.

The SPR can be pole or wall mounted, allowing optimal positioning for best reception with the Base Station. The figure below shows an SPR mounted outdoors on a pole at the subscribers premises.

Figure 8-3: Typical SPR mounted outdoors on a pole

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-4 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Note: The indoor unit to outdoor unit (IDU/ODU) connectivity can be extendedto 200 meters by using two 100-meter CAT 5 cables joined by an Ethernet hub,or to 300 meters using three 100-meter CAT 7 cables joined by Ethernet hubs.

8.1.1. SPR Models The SPR is available in various models, differing mainly in antenna configuration.

8.1.1.1. SPR with Integrated, Flat-Panel Antenna

This SPR model type contains an integrated (internal) flat-plate antenna. These models are available when operating in the 700 MHz, 900 MHz, 1.5 GHz, 2.3 GHz, 2.4 GHz, MMDS, 2.8 GHz, 3.x GHz, and 5.8 GHz bands.

The front panel of this model is displayed below.

Figure 8-4: SPR with built-in antenna - front panel

Note: Previous SPR models provide a 9-pin D-type serial port in addition to the standard 15-pin D-type port. The latest SPR models provide only a 15-pin D-type port, supporting both Ethernet and serial interfaces.

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-5

The SPR with built-in antenna models are available in the following variations:

! Standard SPR: typically provides an internal antenna with a 15-dBi antenna gain, covering an area of 23 degrees. These models are generally used for 700 MHz (8 dBi), MMDS, 2.4 GHz, 2.8 GHz, 3.5 GHz, and 5.8 GHz frequency bands. (For 5.8 GHz, the antenna gain is 16 dBi.)

Figure 8-5: SPR with standard antenna gain

! Large SPR (SPR-L): larger dimensions (same dimensions as the BSR) than the standard SPR, allowing the use of a high-gain internal antenna.

For the 2.4 GHz and 3.5 GHz frequency bands, this model provides an 18-dBi antenna gain covering 15 degrees. For the 900 MHz and 700 MHz frequency bands, this model provides an 8-dBi antenna gain and a 60-degree coverage. For the 1.5 GHz band, this model provides a 13-dBi antenna gain.

Figure 8-6: SPR with high-gain antenna

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-6 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Notes: 1) The SPR 700 MHz and SPR 900 MHz models have larger dimensions than the standard SPR models. Their dimensions are the same as that of the BSR. 2) The SPR 3.5 GHz and SPR 2.4 GHz models are available in large and standard (smaller) dimensions. The dimensions affect the antenna gain (i.e. the greater the dimension, the higher the gain). 3) The 700 MHz internal antenna covers only 710 to 716 MHz, and 740 to 746 MHz (i.e. Band-C). To cover the entire band of 698 to 746 MHz, an external antenna is used (see Section 2.5.3, "RF Planning Considerations for Band-C in FCC Markets").

8.1.1.2. SPR with N-Type Connector for Third-Party External Antenna

Airspan provides SPR models that provide an N-type connector for attaching a third-party external antenna (see Figure 8-7). These models are available for all ASWipLL operating frequency bands (i.e. 700 MHz, 900 MHz, 925 MHz, 1.5 GHz, 2.3 GHz, 2.4 GHz, MMDS, 2.8 GHz, 3.x GHz, and 5.8 GHz). When operating in the 700-MHz band, a Yagi-type antenna (15-dBi antenna gain) is supplied.

Figure 8-7: SPR model with N-type port for third-party external antenna

Notes: 1) It is recommended that third-party external antennas provide 50-ohm impedance and a VSWR of less than 1:1.5. 2) SPR models with a port to attach an external antenna do not have built-in antennas.

N-type port for external antenna

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-7

8.1.2. Standard Accessories The following accessories are provided with each SPR kit:

! Mounting kit for wall mounting the SPR

! 15-pin D-type waterproof connector for IDU/ODU connectivity (data and power interface)

! N-type connector for attaching a third-party external antenna (for SPR model without a built-in antenna)

8.1.3. Hardware Interfaces The SPR's hardware interfaces are described in the table below.

Table 8-1: SPR hardware interfaces

Port Interface 15-pin D-type • Ethernet (10BaseT) with SDA

• Power supplied by SDA • Serial (RS-232) local initial configuration (using WipConfig

tool) during installation using a Y-cable (see Note 1) N-type For attaching third-party external antenna (see Note 2)

Notes:

1. For previous SPR models that provide a 9-pin D-type serial port, serial interface is provided by using a crossover cable between this port and the computer's serial port.

2. SPR models with built-in antennas do not provide an N-type port.

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-8 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

8.1.4. Connector Pinouts This section describes the 15-pin D-type port connector pinouts for the following interfaces:

! Ethernet

! Serial

8.1.4.1. 15-Pin D-Type Connector (Ethernet)

The table below describes the 15-pin D-type connector pinouts for the SPR-to-SDA interface, which provides Ethernet and power interfaces.

Table 8-2: 15-pin D-type connector pinouts for interfacing with SDA

Straight-through cable SPR SDA 15-pin

D-type male

Pin Function Wire color Wire

pair Pin Function 15-pin D-type male

1 +48 VDC Blue / White 1 +48 VDC 2 48 RTN Blue

1 2 48 RTN

3 Tx+ Orange / White

3 Rx+

4 Tx- Orange 2

4 Rx- 5 Rx+ Green /

White 5 Tx+

6 Rx- Green

3 6 Tx-

Notes: • Only pins 1 to 6 are used in the 15-pin D-type port. • The wire color-coding described in the table (and shown in the figure below) is ASWipLL's

standard for wire color-coding. However, if you implement your company's wire color-coding scheme, ensure that the wires are paired and twisted according to the pin functions listed in the table above (e.g. Rx+ with Rx-).

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-9

Figure 8-8: ASWipLL wire color-coding for 15-pin D-type connectors

Note: The wires are twisted together in pairs, for example, blue/white withblue, and orange/white with orange. This prevents electrical interferencebetween the transmitter pins. For example, pin 3 (Tx+; orange / white) is pairedand twisted with pin 4 (Tx-; orange).

8.1.4.2. 15-Pin D-Type Connector (Serial)

For SPR serial configuration, a Y-cable (splitter cable) is used for connecting SPR's 15-pin D-type port to the management station (i.e. PC running WipConfig) and to the SDA, as displayed below. This ensures that the SPR receives power from the SDA.

Figure 8-9: Y-cable for SPR serial configuration

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-10 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Table 8-3 describes the 15-pin D-type connector pinouts for SPR serial configuration using a Y-cable.

Table 8-3: Y-cable connector pinouts for SPR-to-SDA side

Straight-through Y-cable SPR SDA

15-pin D-type male

Pin Function Pin Function 15-pin D-type male

1 +48 VDC 1 +48 VDC 2 48 RTN 2 48 RTN 3 Ethernet Tx+ 3 Rx+ 4 Ethernet Tx- 4 Rx- 5 Ethernet Rx+ 5 Tx+ 6 Ethernet Rx- 6 Tx-

SPR PC Pin Function Pin Function 9-pin D-type

female 12 GND 5 GND 14 RS232 Rx 3 Rx

15 RS232 Tx 2 Tx

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-11

8.1.4.3. 9-pin D-type Connector (for Previous SPR Models)

Previous SPR models provide (in addition to the 15-pin D-type port) a 9-pin D-type port for serial interface. The following table describes the 9-pin D-type connector pinouts for SPR-to-PC serial cabling.

Table 8-4: SPR connector pinouts for SPR-to-PC serial interface

Crossover cable SPR PC

9-pin D-type male

Pin Function Pin Function 9-pin D-type female

2 RS232 Rx 3 Tx 3 RS232 Tx 2 Rx

5 GND 5 GND

Note: For SPR serial configuration, the SPR must remain connected to the SDA (i.e. the SPR's 15-pin D-type port remains connected to the SDAs 15-pin D-type port).

8.1.5. Network Management The SPR is managed remotely by ASWipLL's NMS program (i.e. WipManage) from anywhere that provides IP connectivity to the SPR. ASWipLLs SNMP-based WipManage program uses standard and ASWipLL proprietary Management Information Bases (MIB) for configuring and managing the SPR. WipManage provides the SPR with fault, configuration, performance, and security management. For a detailed description on WipManage, see Chapter 12, "Management System".

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-12 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

8.1.6. Technical Specifications The tables below describe the SPR technical specifications.

Table 8-5: SPR and MAC specifications

Parameter Value Comment Operating frequency 5.8 GHz; 3.x GHz; 2.8 GHz;

MMDS; 2.4 GHz; 2.3 GHz; 1.5 GHz; 925 MHz; 900 MHz; 700 MHz

Spectrum spreading method Frequency hopping Per ETSI EN 301 253 Duplexing Method • Time Division Duplexing

(TDD): 5.8 GHz, 3.x GHz, 2.8 GHz, MMDS, 2.4 GHz, 2.3 GHz, 925 MHz, 900 MHz, 700 MHz

• Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD): 3.x GHz, 1.5 GHz

Transmit Bit Rates Up to 4 Mbps BER and distance dependent Channel spacing 1 MHz (except when operating in

the 3.5 GHz band: 1 MHz or 1.75 MHz)

Output power from the radio • 31 dBm: 700 MHz • 30 dBm: 1.5 GHz, 925 MHz,

900 MHz • 27 dBm: 5.8 GHz, 3.x GHz, 2.8

GHz, MMDS, 2.4 GHz, 2.3 GHz

Depending on local regulations (e.g. FCCsee Appendix G, "Declaration of FCC Conformity"), maximum output power can be configured at the factory

Modulation method 8-level CPFSK Channel access method PPMA / Adaptive TDMA Protocol efficiency Up to 80% For large data packets

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-13

Table 8-6: SPR EMC and radio standards compliance

Parameter Value Radio Standards Compliance • ETSI EN 300 328-1

• ETSI EN 301 253 • FCC part 15 • RSS139 • Telec

EMC • ETSI ETS 300 826 • ETSI EN 300 385 • ETSI EN 300 386-2 • ETSI ETS 300 132-2 • FCC part 15

Table 8-7: SPR agency certification

Parameter Value Emissions / Immunity EN 300 339, EN 300 386-2, ETS 300 328 Safety EN/IEC 60950 Environmental ETS 300 019-2-x

Table 8-8: SPR network specifications

Parameter Value Comment Filtering rate 10,500 frames / sec At 64 bytes Forwarding rate 1,300 frames / sec At 64 bytes Routing table length 16

Table 8-9: SPR power requirements

Parameter Value Comment • Voltage • Minimum • Maximum

• 48VDC nominal • 30VDC • 55VDC

Power supplied by SDA

Consumption Maximum 500 mA

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-14 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Table 8-10: Environmental considerations

Parameter Value Operating temperature -30ºC to +60ºC (-22ºF to 140ºF) Storage temperature -40ºC to +80ºC (-40ºF to 176ºF)

Table 8-11: Network interface

Parameter Value Comment Ethernet Network UTP EIA / TIA Category 5 Standards Compliance ANSI/IEEE 802.3 and

ISO/IEC 8802-3; 10BaseT compliant

Serial Port RS-232

Table 8-12: SPR physical dimensions (without high-gain antenna)

Parameter Value Comment Height 311 mm (12.24 inches) Width 244 mm (9.6 inches) Depth 65.5 mm (2.57 inches) Weight 2.5 kg

Excluding mounting kit

Table 8-13: SPR physical dimensions (with high-gain antenna)

Parameter Value Comment Height 400 mm (15.74 inches) Width 317 mm (12.48 inches) Depth 65.5 mm (2.57 inches) Weight 4.7 kg

Excluding mounting kit

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-15

8.2. Subscriber Data Adapter (SDA) The ASWipLL Subscriber Data Adapter (SDA) is an indoor Ethernet hub or switch (depending on SDA model). The SDA interfaces between the SPR and the subscribers peripheral devices (i.e. subscribers network). The SDA can support 10BaseT or 100BaseT networks, depending on SDA model.

The SDA is typically installed at the subscribers site. However, it can be installed at a Base Station that consists of a single BSR/PPR. In such a scenario, the SDA provides Ethernet interface between the BSR/PPR and the service providers backbone.

The SDA supplies -48 VDC power to the SPR over a CAT 5 cable. In addition, the SDA provides lightning protection to the SPR and subscribers local network. The SDA is either powered by an external power adapter (110-240 VAC), or by a 10 to 52 VDC power source, depending on SDA model.

The SDA is installed indoors, typically mounted on a wall or placed on a shelf or desktop. The location of the mounted SDA must ensure that the CAT-5 cable connecting the SDA to SPR is less than 100 meters.

A third-party residential gateway (RGW) can be connected to the SDA to provide VoIP services to the subscriber.

Note: The indoor unit to outdoor unit (IDU/ODU) connectivity can be extendedto 200 meters by using two 100-meter CAT 5 cables joined by an Ethernet hub,or to 300 meters using three 100-meter CAT 7 cables joined by Ethernet hubs.

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-16 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

8.2.1. SDA Models The ASWipLL system provides various SDA models, differing by number and type of ports for interfacing with the subscribers local network:

! SDA-4S

! SDA-4H

! SDA-1

! SDA-1/DC

8.2.2. SDA-4S Models The SDA-4S models are integrated LAN switches, providing four 10/100BaseT ports for interfacing with the subscribers PCs/network. Figure 8-10 displays the SDA-4S model.

Figure 8-10: SDA-4S model

10/100BaseT ports (Auto Negotiation; MDI/MDI-X)

Power port 15-pin D-type

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-17

The SDA-4S includes the following models:

! SDA-4S (standard): Standard integrated LAN switch, providing four 10/100BaseT interfaces with the subscribers network. (Ideal for SOHO implementation.)

! SDA-4S/DC: Similar to the SDA-4S standard model that is an integrated LAN switch providing four 10/100BaseT interfaces, except that this model is especially designed for implementation where available power supply is DC (10 to 52 VDC), e.g. from a solar panel or car cigarette lighter, which typically provide 12 VDC. This model provides regulated 48 VDC power to the SPR.

! SDA-4S/VL: Provides VLANs between its ports and the SPR, ensuring privacy between users of different ports. For example, all users connected to Port 1 do not "see" users connected to Port 2. (Ideal for Multi Tenant implementation.)

! SDA-4S/VLtag: This model is ideal for multi-tenant applications where traffic engineering and privacy is required. SDA-4S/VLtag assigns traffic, from each of its four ports, with a unique VLAN ID. The VLAN IDs are fixed (since SDA-4S/VLtag is not user configurable). SPR converts the four VLAN IDs tagged by SDA-4S/VLtag to four VLAN IDs configured via ASWipLLs NMS (i.e. WipManage). The tag conversion is performed by SPR before sending the traffic to the air and vice versa when coming from the air.

! SDA-4S/1H3L: Provides a high priority port (left-most port) for VoIP traffic.

! SDA-4S/VL/1H3L: Combines the functionality of the SDA-4S/VL and SDA-4S/1H3L models (VLAN for each port and a high priority port for VoIP).

The ports of the SDA-4S models support Auto Negotiation, allowing automatic configuration for the highest possible speed link: 10BaseT or 100BaseT, and Full Duplex or Half Duplex mode. In other words, the speed of the connected device (PC) determines the speed at which packets are transmitted through the specific port. For example, if the device (i.e. PC) to which the port is connected is running at 100 Mbps, the port connection will transmit packets at 100 Mbps. Conversely, if the device (i.e. PC) to which the port is connected is running at 10 Mbps, the port connection will transmit packets at 10 Mbps

In addition, the SDA-4S ports support MDI/MDI-X automatic crossover, allowing connection to straight-through or crossover CAT-5 cables.

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-18 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

8.2.2.1. Hardware Interfaces

The SDA-4S models provide various hardware interfaces, as listed in the following table.

Table 8-14: SDA-4S hardware interfaces

Port Interface 15-pin D-type • 10BaseT with SPR

• Power supplied to SPR RJ-45 (x 4) • 10/100BaseT with subscribers PC or network

• VoIP 10/100BaseT: left-most port for VoIP interface (assigns high priority to VoIP) -- only for SDA-4S/1H3L and SDA-4S/VL/1H3L models

Power • AC power port: power supplied by external AC-DC power adapter connected to mains

• DC Anderson Powerpole connector: power supplied from 10 52 VDC

8.2.2.2. Connector Pinouts

This section describes the connector pinouts for the following:

! 15-pin D-type ports (to SPR)

! 8-pin RJ-45 ports (to subscribers PCs/LAN/switch/VoIP)

8.2.2.2.1. 15-Pin D-Type Port (to SPR)

The table below describes the SDA-4Ss 15-pin D-type connector pinouts.

Table 8-15: SDA-4S connector pinouts for 15-pin D-type

Pin Function 1 +48v 2 48 RTN 3 +Rx 4 Rx 5 +Tx 6 Tx

Note: Pins not mentioned are not used.

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-19

8.2.2.2.2. 8-Pin RJ-45 Port (to Subscribers PCs/LAN/Switch/VoIP)

The tables below describe the SDA-4Ss connector pinouts for the RJ-45 ports for SDA-4S to subscriber PCs/LAN/VoIP cabling.

! Straight-through cabling:

Table 8-16: SDA-4S connector pinouts for RJ-45 straight through

RJ-45 (straight-through cable)

Pin Function 1 +Rx 2 -Rx 3 +Tx 6 -Tx

Note: Pins not mentioned are not used.

! Crossover cabling:

Table 8-17: SDA-4S connector pinouts for RJ-45 crossover

RJ-45 (crossover cable) Pin Function

1 +Tx 2 -Tx 3 +Rx 6 -Rx

Notes: • Pins not mentioned are not used. • The SDA-4S RJ-45 ports support MDI/MDI-X automatic crossover. This means that straight-

through or crossover CAT-5 cables can be connected to these ports.

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-20 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

8.2.2.3. LED Indicators

The SDA-4S models provide LEDs for indicating traffic and power. The LED lights are located on the top panel. Table 8-18 describes the SDA-4S models LED indicators.

Table 8-18: Description of SDA-4S models LED indicators

LED Color Status Meaning On Physical link (10BaseT) between SDA-4S and SPR Blinking Traffic flow between SDA-4S and SPR

1 Orange

Off No link between SDA-4S and SPR On 100BaseT physical link between SDA-4H and Ethernet

network Blinking 100BaseT traffic flow between SDA-4H and Ethernet

Green

Off No traffic flow between SDA-4S and Ethernet network On 10BaseT physical link between SDA-4H and Ethernet

network Blinking 10BaseT traffic flow between SDA-4H and Ethernet

network

2, 3, 4, and 5

Orange

Off No traffic flow between SDA-4S and Ethernet network On Power received by the SDA-4S model. POWER Green Off No power received by SDA-4S model.

Uplink (SPR to BSR) LEDPower LED

Ethernet LEDs

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-21

8.2.2.4. Specifications

The following tables list the specifications of the SDA-4S models:

Table 8-19: SDA-4S network interfaces

Parameter Value Data from SPR/BSR 10BaseT (15-pin D-type) Ethernet 10/100BaseT (4 x 8-pin RJ-45) for PC interfaces. These ports

support 10/100 Mbps (Auto Negotiation) and MDI/MDI-X automatic crossover detection

Networking features per model

• SDA-4S (standard): 10/100BaseT LAN switch (no VLANs and traffic prioritization).

• SDA-4S/VL: VLAN between each port and SPR, providing multi-tenant VLAN security.

• SDA-4S/VLtag: VLAN between each port and the SPR, providing multi-tenant VLAN security. In addition, allows tagging of traffic exiting and entering the SPR.

• SDA-4S/1H3L: high priority port (left-most port) for VoIP traffic. This port provides connectivity to the VoIP network; the remaining ports connect to the subscribers PCs, providing lower priority.

• SDA-4S/VL/1H3L: combines the functionality of the SDA-4S/VL and SDA-4S/1H3L models (VLAN for each port and a high priority port for VoIP).

• SDA-4S/DC: designed for implementation where available power supply is 10 to 52 VDC, e.g. from a solar panel or car lighter.

Power AC power connector (to external AC/DC or DC/DC power adapter)

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-22 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Table 8-20: SDA-4S environmental considerations

Parameter Value Operating temperature 0ºC to +50ºC (32ºF to 122ºF)

Table 8-21: SDA-4S power requirements

Parameter Value Output Voltage -48VDC nominal Power supply • 110/240 VAC; 50/60 Hz; 0.3-0.7A (AC/DC power adapter)

• 10 to 52 VDC (only for SDA-4S/DC model where DC/DC power adapter implemented)

Table 8-22: SDA-4S physical dimensions

Parameter Value Height 200 mm (7.87 inches) Width 150 mm (5.9 inches) Depth 40 mm (1.57 inches) Weight 0.53 kg

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-23

8.2.3. SDA-4H The SDA-4H model is a hub that provides four 10BaseT ports for interfacing with the subscribers network. In addition, one of the 10BaseT ports provides a crossover configuration for crossover-cable connection for interfacing with, for example, another hub.

Figure 8-11: SDA-4H model

Power port

RJ-45 (J5) crossover RJ-45 (J4)

RJ-45 (J3) RJ-45 (J2)

15-pin D-type

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-24 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

8.2.3.1. Hardware Interfaces

The SDA-4H provides various hardware interfaces, as listed in the following table.

Table 8-23: SDA-4H hardware interfaces

Port Interface 15-pin D-type • Ethernet (10BaseT) with SPR

• Power supplied to SPR RJ-45 (x 3) 10BaseT straight-through interface with subscribers PC or network RJ-45 10BaseT crossover port with hub or switch AC Power Power supplied by AC-DC power adapter

Note: The power cable must be a UL/CE approved 3-core 0.7mm² cable with a maximum length of 1.5 meters.

8.2.3.2. Connector Pinouts

This section describes the connector pinouts for the following connectors:

! 15-pin D-type (to SPR)

! 8-pin RJ-45 (to subscribers PCs/LAN)

! 8-pin RJ-45 (to subscribers hub/switch)

8.2.3.2.1. 15-Pin D-Type

Table 8-24 describes the connector pinouts for the 15-pin D-type connector that provides interface (power and Ethernet) with the SPR through a CAT 5 cable.

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-25

Table 8-24: 15-pin D-type connector pinouts

15-pin D-type

Pin Function 1 +48v 2 48 RTN 3 +Rx 4 Rx 5 +Tx 6 Tx

Notes: • Pins not mentioned are not used. • The cable to the outdoor radio device complies with VW-1 insulation standards.

8.2.3.2.2. 8-Pin RJ-45 (to Subscribers PCs/LAN)

The table below describes the connector pinouts for the RJ-45 connector (for ports J2 through J4), which interface with the subscriber's PCs/LAN.

Table 8-25: Straight-through RJ-45 connector pinouts

Straight through cable

8-pin RJ-45 (J2, J3, J4)

Pin Function 1 +Rx 2 -Rx 3 +Tx 6 -Tx

Notes: • Pins not mentioned are not used. • The SDA must be connected to a PC network device or Ethernet hub that complies with

ANSI/IEEE 802.3 standards.

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-26 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

8.2.3.2.3. 8-Pin RJ-45 Port (to Subscribers Hub/Switch)

The table below describes the connector pinouts for the RJ-45 connector (crossover port J5), which interfaces with the subscriber's hub or switch.

Table 8-26: Crossover RJ-45 (for hub) connector pinouts

Crossover cable

8-pin RJ-45 (J5)

Pin Function

1 +Tx 2 -Tx 3 +Rx 6 -Rx

Notes: • Pins not mentioned are not used. • The SDA must be connected to a device or Ethernet hub that complies with ANSI/IEEE 802.3

standards. • A straight-through cable must be used to connect RJ-45 port J5 to an external hub/LAN switch, or

a crossover cable to connect to a PC.

8.2.3.3. LED Indicators

The SDA-4H provides various LEDs that are located on the top panel. These LEDs are described in Table 8-27.

Table 8-27: Description of the SDA-4H LEDs

LED Color Status Meaning On Physical link between SDA-4H and SPR Blinking Traffic flow between SDA-4H and SPR

1 (UPLINK) Yellow

Off No link between SDA-4H and SPR

On Physical link between SDA-4H and Ethernet network 2, 3, and 4 Yellow Blinking Traffic flow between SDA-4H and Ethernet network

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-27

LED Color Status Meaning Off No link between SDA-4H and Ethernet network On Physical link between SDA-4H and crossover Ethernet

port connection Blinking Traffic flow between SDA-4H and crossover Ethernet

port network

5 (CROSS) Yellow

Off No link between SDA-4H and crossover Ethernet port connection

On Power received by the SDA-4H. POWER Green Off No power received by SDA-4H

The figure below displays the location of the SDA-4H LED indicators.

Figure 8-12: SDA-4H LEDs

Uplink (SPR to BSR) LED Crossover Ethernet LED (port 5)

Power LED

Ethernet straight-through LEDs (ports 2, 3, and 4)

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-28 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

8.2.3.4. Specifications

The following tables describe the SDA-4H specifications.

Table 8-28: SDA-4H network interfaces

Parameter Value Data from SPR/BSR 10BaseT (15-pin D-type) Ethernet 10BaseT (3 x RJ-45 straight-thorugh) for PC interfaces

10BaseT (1 x RJ-45 crossover) for hub/switch interface Power AC power connector (connects to external AC/DC power

adapter)

Table 8-29: SDA-4H environmental considerations

Parameter Value Operating temperature 0ºC to +50ºC (32ºF to 122ºF)

Table 8-30: SDA-4H power requirements

Parameter Value Output Voltage -48VDC nominal Power supply 110/240 VAC; 50/60 Hz; 0.3-0.7A

Table 8-31: SDA-4-H physical dimensions

Parameter Value Height 200 mm (7.87 inches) Width 150 mm (5.9 inches) Depth 40 mm (1.57 inches) Weight 0.53 kg

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-29

8.2.4. SDA-1 The SDA-1 is a hub providing one 10BaseT interface (RJ-45 port) with the subscribers PC or network. In the case of a LAN network, the SDA-1 needs to connect to another hub or LAN switch.

Figure 8-13: SDA-1 model

8.2.4.1. Hardware Interfaces

The SDA-1 provides various hardware interfaces, as listed in the following table.

Table 8-32: SDA-1 hardware interfaces

Port Interface 15-pin D-type • Ethernet (10BaseT) with SPR

• Power supplied to SPR RJ-45 Ethernet with subscribers PC or network Power Power supplied by AC-DC power adapter

Note: power cable must be UL/CE approved 3-core 0.7mm² with maximum length of 1.5 meters.

15-pin D-type port RJ-45 (10BaseT) port

Power port

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-30 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

8.2.4.2. Connector Pinouts

This section describes the connector pinouts for the following connectors:

! 15-pin D-type (Ethernet)

! 8-pin RJ-45 pot (subscribers Ethernet)

8.2.4.2.1. 15-Pin D-Type (Ethernet)

Table 8-33 describes the SDA-1s connector pinouts for the 15-pin D-type port, which connects to the SPR's 15-pin D-type port through a CAT 5.

Table 8-33: SDA-1 connector pinouts for 15-pin D-type

15-pin D-type

Pin Function 1 +48v 2 48 RTN 3 +Rx 4 Rx 5 +Tx 6 Tx

Notes: • Pins not mentioned are not used. • The CAT 5 cable to the outdoor radio device complies with VW-1 insulation standards.

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-31

8.2.4.2.2. 8-Pin RJ-45 (Subscribers Ethernet)

The table below describes the SDA-1s connector pinouts for the RJ-45 port, which interfaces with the subscriber's Ethernet network.

Table 8-34: SDA-1 connector pinouts for 8-pin RJ-45

Straight-through cable

Pin Function 1 +Rx 2 -Rx 3 +Tx 6 -Tx

Notes: • Pins not mentioned are not used. • The SDA must be connected to a PC network device or Ethernet hub that complies with

ANSI/IEEE 802.3 standards. • A standard pin-to-pin cable must be used to connect to a PC; crossed Ethernet cable must be used

to connect to a hub/LAN switch.

8.2.4.3. Specifications

The following tables list the SDA-1 specifications.

Table 8-35: SDA-1 network interfaces

Parameter Value Data from SPR/BSR 10BaseT (15-pin D-type) Ethernet 10BaseT (RJ-45) for PC interface Power AC power connector (connects to external AC/DC power

adapter)

Table 8-36: SDA-1 environmental considerations

Parameter Value Operating temperature 0ºC to +50ºC (32ºF to 122ºF)

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-32 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Table 8-37: SDA power requirements

Parameter Value Output Voltage -48VDC nominal Power supply 110/240 VAC; 50/60 Hz; 0.3 to 0.7A

Table 8-38: SDA-1 physical dimensions

Parameter Value Height 200 mm (7.87 inches) Width 150 mm (5.9 inches) Depth 40 mm (1.57 inches) Weight 0.47 kg

8.2.5. SDA-1/DC The SDA-1/DC device provides Ethernet and48 VDC power to the SPR. This model is unique in that it can be powered from a 10 to 52 VDC power source. The SDA-1/DC consists of a built-in DC-to-DC converter that ensures input voltage is regulated to provide a 48 VDC output to the SPR.

The SDA-1/DC's low input voltage requirements allow this device to be implemented in applications where the power source (i.e. DC) is less than 48VDC. For example, the SDA-1/DC can be powered from a solar panel, which typically provides 12 VDC output. In addition, this model can be implemented in mobile wireless applications, e.g. installed in a car or truck where it receives power from the vehicle's standard cigarette lighter plug, which provides 12 VDC power output.

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-33

Figure 8-14: SDA-1/DC model

8.2.5.1. Hardware Interfaces

The SDA-1/DC device provides various hardware interfaces, as described in the following table.

Table 8-39: SDA-1/DC hardware interfaces

Port Interface 15-pin D-type • 10BaseT with SPR

• Power - supplied to SPR (over CAT 5 cable) RJ-45 10BaseT with subscribers PC, router, LAN switch DC Powerpole power receptacles Power supplied by 10 52 VDC power source

8.2.5.2. Connector Pinouts

This section describes the connector pinouts for the following SDA-1/DC connectors:

! 15-pin D-type

! 8-pin RJ-45

RJ-45 port

15-pin D-type portDC Anderson

Powerpole receptacles

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-34 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

8.2.5.2.1. 15-pin D-Type Port

The table below describes the connector pinouts for the 15-pin D-type connector that provides the interface with the SPR.

Table 8-40: 15-pin D-type connector

15-pin D-type

Pin Function 1 +48VDC 2 48RTN 3 +Rx 4 Rx 5 +Tx 6 Tx

Note: Pins not mentioned are not used.

8.2.5.2.2. 8-Pin RJ-45

The table below describes the connector pinouts for the 8-pin RJ-45 connector that interfaces with the subscriber's/provider's Ethernet network.

Table 8-41: RJ-45 connector pinouts

Straight-through cable

RJ-45

Pin Function 1 +Rx 2 -Rx 3 +Tx 6 -Tx

Note: Pins not mentioned are not used.

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-35

8.2.5.3. LED Indicator

The SDA-1/DC provides a single LED, located on the top panel, for indicating power. The table below describes the SDA-1/DC models LED indicator.

Table 8-42: Description of SDA-1/DC LED indicator

LED Color Status Meaning On Power received by SDA-1/DC POWER Green Off No power received SDA-1/DC

8.2.5.4. Specifications

The following tables list the SDA-1/DC specifications.

Table 8-43: SDA-1/DC network interfaces

Parameter Value Data from SPR/BSR 10BaseT (15-pin D-type) Ethernet 10BaseT (RJ-45) for PC, router, LAN switch interface Power DC power connector (Anderson Powerpole)

Table 8-44: SDA-1/DC environmental considerations

Parameter Value Operating temperature -10ºC to +60ºC (14ºF to 140ºF)

Table 8-45: SDA-1/DC power requirements

Parameter Value Output Voltage -48VDC (regulated voltage) Power supply 10 -52 VDC,

15W (when connected to SPR), 20W (when connected to BSR)

Table 8-46: SDA-1/DC physical dimensions

Parameter Value Height x Width x Depth 200 mm (7.87 inches) x 150 mm (5.9 inches) x 40 mm (1.57

inches) Weight 0.53 kg

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-36 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

8.3. RSS LED Plug Adapter The RSS LED Plug is a small plug-in adapter that provides a means for measuring received signal strength (RSS) at the SPR. This allows precise positioning of the SPR during installation for optimal radio frequency signal reception with the Base Station (i.e. BSR). The RSS LED Plug adapter connects between the SPR and SDA.

8.3.1. Physical Dimensions The following table lists the RSS LED Plug adapter dimensions:

Table 8-47: RSS LED Plug adapter dimensions

Parameter Dimensions Height 123 mm (4.84 inches) Width 68 mm (2.68 inches) Depth 30 mm (1.18 inches) Weight 85g

8.3.2. Hardware Interfaces The RSS LED Plug adapter provides two 15-pin D-type ports on either end for connecting between the SPR and SDA.

The RSS Plug LED adapter can be installed in one of the following manners:

! One end connects directly to the SPRs 15-pin D-type port, while the other end connects to the SDA through a CAT 5 cable.

! Both ends (i.e. 15-pin D-type ports) connect to the SPR and SDA through a CAT 5 cable.

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-37

Figure 8-15: RSS LED Plug adapter

8.3.3. Connector Pinouts The RSS LED Plug adapter 15-pin D-type connector pinouts are described in the following subsections.

8.3.3.1. Adapter-to-SPR Cabling

The connector pinouts for adapter-to-SPR cabling depends on whether a new or old SPR model is used. The difference between the SPR models is that the old models provide a separate 9-pin D-type serial port (in addition to the 15-pin D-type port). The 15-pin D-type port of the latest SPR models provide both serial and Ethernet interfaces. Thus, as the RSS LED Plug adapter requires serial interface, the cabling between these two SPR models is different.

RSSI LED 1

RSSI LED 8

15-pin D-type female connects to SDA side

POWER LED

15-pin D-type male connects to SPR side

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-38 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

8.3.3.1.1. Latest SPR Models (15-pin D-type Connector)

The RSS LED Plug adapter connects to the latest SPR models through a straight-through cable with 15-pin D-type connectors on either end.

Table 8-48: SPR-to-RSS LED Plug adapter connector pinouts

Straight-through serial cable SPR RSS LED Plug

adapter 15-pin D-type male Pin Function

Wire color Wire pair

Pin Function

15-pin D-type female

1 +48 VDC Blue / White 1 +48 VDC 2 48 RTN Blue

1 2 48 RTN

3 Tx+ Orange / White

3 Rx+

4 Tx- Orange 2

4 Rx- 5 Rx+ Green /

White 5 Tx+

6 Rx- Green 3

6 Tx- 12 GND 12 GND 14 RS232 Rx 14 RS232 Rx

15 RS232 Tx 15 RS232 Tx

8.3.3.1.2. Previous SPR Models (9-pin D-type Connector)

The RSS LED Plug adapter connects to previous SPR models using a Y-cable (splitter). The Y-cable provides a 9-pin D-type and 15-pin D-type connectors that connect the adapter to the SPR's 9-pin and 15-pin D-type ports respectively. The connection to the 9-pin D-type port is crucial as the adapter operates in serial communication mode. The connection to the 15-pin D-type port ensures power and Ethernet interface between SPR and SDA.

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-39

Table 8-49: SPR-to-RSS LED Plug adapter Y-cable connector pinouts

Straight-through Y-cable RSS LED Plug adapter SPR (previous models)

15-pin D-type female

Pin Function Pin Function 15-pin D-type male

1 +48 VDC 1 +48 VDC 2 48 RTN 2 48 RTN 3 Ethernet Tx+ 3 Rx+ 4 Ethernet Tx- 4 Rx- 5 Ethernet Rx+ 5 Tx+ 6 Ethernet Rx- 6 Tx-

SPR Pin Function Pin Function 9-pin D-type

male 12 GND 5 GND 14 RS232 Tx 2 Rx

15 RS232 Rx 3 Tx

Note: Pins not mentioned are not used.

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-40 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

8.3.3.2. Adapter-to-SDA Cabling

The RSS LED Plug adapter connects to the SDA through a straight-through CAT 5 cable with 15-pin D-type connectors on either end. The following table describes the connector pinouts.

Table 8-50: RSS LED Plug Adapter-to-SDA connector pinouts

Straight-through cable RSS LED adapter

SDA 15-pin D-type male Pin Function

Wire color Wire pair

Pin Function

15-pin D-type male

1 +48 VDC Blue / White 1 +48 VDC 2 48 RTN Blue

1 2 48 RTN

3 Tx+ Orange / White

3 Rx+

4 Tx- Orange 2

4 Rx- 5 Rx+ Green /

White 5 Tx+

6 Rx- Green

3 6 Tx-

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-41

8.3.4. LED Indicators The table below describes the LEDs on the RSS LED Plug adapter.

Table 8-51: LED description of the RSS LED Plug adapter

LED Color Status Description On SPR receives power

from the SDA Off No power supplied

to the SPR by the SDA

Power Red

Blinking Data transmission is occurring on the Ethernet LAN

All LEDs on RSS ≥ -65 LEDs on: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

-69 ≤ RSS ≤ -66

LEDs on: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

-73 ≤ RSS ≤ -70

LEDs on: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

-77 ≤ RSS ≤ -74

LEDs on: 1, 2, 3, 4

-81 ≤ RSS ≤ -78

LEDs on: 1, 2, 3

-85 ≤ RSS ≤ -82

LEDs on: 1, 2 -89 ≤ RSS ≤ -86 LED on: 1 -93 ≤ RSS ≤ -90

RSS LEDs (where 1 is the lowest bar)

Green

LED blinking: 1 RSS ≤ -94

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-42 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

8.4. Indoor Data Radio (IDR) The ASWipLL Indoor Data Radio (IDR) is a stand-alone CPE indoor radio, incorporating functionalities of both the SPR and SDA devices. In other words, the IDR is both a radio transceiver and an Ethernet hub interfacing between the Base Station and the subscribers network. The IDR is powered by an external AC-to-DC (110/240 VAC power source) or DC-to-DC (10 50 VDC power source) power adapter.

Figure 8-16: IDR front panel (with front cover removed)

The IDR offers the following main benefits:

! Quick and easy installation, requiring minimum expertise

! Cost-effective and affordable, without sacrificing ASWipLL's extensive features and technological advantages

TNC-type connector for 3rd party external antenna

RJ-11 serial port

Molex 6 pin power port

LEDs

RJ-45 10BaseT port

Front cover bolt

LEDs when cover closed

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-43

The IDR is fully compatible with the SPR and SDA devices and can be interchanged readily with them in a typical ASWipLL system deployment. However, IDR is typically installed at subscriber sites that are at short distances from the Base Station (i.e. BSR). The SPR supports a longer radio range than the IDR, and, thus, the SPRs are typically implemented when long distances exist between the BSR and subscriber site.

The IDR can be used for data and voice transmissions. For voice, the IDR connects to a third-party residential gateway (RGW) that interfaces with the subscribers IP phone. The figure below displays a typical IDR configuration for data and voice.

Figure 8-17: IDR used for data and VoIP

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-44 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

The IDR is mounted indoors on a wall, pole, or simply placed on a desktop, as displayed below.

Figure 8-18: IDR mounted on a desktop

8.4.1. IDR Models Airspan provides two main IDR models, differing in antenna configurations:

! IDR with integrated, flat-panel antenna

! IDR with TNC-type connector for third-party external antenna

8.4.1.1. IDR with Integrated, Flat-Panel Antenna

The IDR model with an integrated, flat-panel antenna model is fitted with an internal antenna for radio transmission with the Base Station. This IDR model is installed in a position ensuring line of sight (LOS) with the Base Station.

This model is available in the 3.x GHz, 2.4 GHz, 900 MHz, and 700 MHz frequency bands.

If VLAN capabilities are required, the SDA-4S model (see Section 8.2.2, "SDA-4S Models") can be implemented with the IDR.

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-45

8.4.1.2. IDR with TNC-type Connector for Third-Party External Antenna

This IDR model provides a TNC-type connector for attaching a third-party external antenna for radio transmissions with the Base Station. The external antenna can be mounted outside, and connected to the IDR by an RF cable.

This model is available in the 3.x GHz, 2.4 GHz, 900 MHz, and 700 MHz frequency bands.

Warning: When operating in the 900-MHz band, this IDR model must not beco-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

8.4.2. Hardware Interfaces Table 8-52 describes the IDR hardware interfaces.

Table 8-52: IDR HW interfaces

Connector Interface IDR Built-in Antenna IDR External Antenna

10BaseT RJ-45 RJ-45 Serial RJ-11 RJ-11 Power 6-pin Molex 6-pin Molex External Antenna N/A TNC-type connector for third-party

external antenna selected by the customer

8.4.3. Connector Pinouts The following sections describe the connector pinouts for the following:

! 8-pin RJ-45 (Ethernet)

! RJ-11 (serial)

! 6-pin Molex (power)

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-46 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

8.4.3.1. 8-Pin RJ-45 Connector (Ethernet)

The table below describes the connector pinouts for the RJ-45 connector that provides 10BaseT interface with the subscriber's PC.

Table 8-53: RJ-45 connector pinouts

Straight-through cable

8-pin RJ-45

Pin Function 1 Rx+ 2 Rx- 3 Tx+ 6 Tx-

Note: Pins not mentioned are not used.

8.4.3.2. RJ-11 Connector (Serial)

The table below describes the connector pinouts for the RJ-11 connector that provides serial interface.

Table 8-54: RJ-11 connector pinouts

Crossover cable IDR PC

6-pin RJ-11 Pin Function Pin Function 9-pin D-type female

1 Rx 3 Tx 5 GND 5 GND

6 Tx 2 Rx

Note: Pins not mentioned are not used.

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-47

8.4.3.3. 6-Pin Molex Connector (Power)

Table 8-55 describes the connector pinouts for the 6-pin Molex connector that provides an interface with an AC/DC or DC/DC external power adapter.

Table 8-55: 6-pin Molex power connector pinouts

6-pin power connector Pin Function

1 +6.5V 2 +5V 3 3.3V 4 GND

Note: Pins not mentioned are not used.

8.4.4. LED Indicators The IDR provides various LED indicators, as displayed below.

Figure 8-19: IDR LED indicators

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-48 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Table 8-56 describes the IDR's LED indicators.

Table 8-56: IDR LED descriptions

LED Color Function Status Description Off Power off

Blinking Power on and IDR is in acquisition mode

Power/Air Link

Red Power and status of BSR-to-IDR air link

On Power on and the IDR is connected to BSR over the air

On IDR connected to the Ethernet LAN

Off No physical link between IDR and Ethernet network

Ethernet Orange Ethernet connectivity and activity

Blinking Data transmission is occurring on the Ethernet LAN

Previous Releases From Release 4.2B

All LEDs On

RSSI ≥ -60 dBm RSSI ≥ -60 dBm

Only LO and MED On

-65 dBm ≤ RSSI ≤ -61 dBm

-70 dBm ≤ RSSI < -60 dBm

Only LO On

-70 dBm ≤ RSSI ≤ -66 dBm

-80 dBm ≤ RSSI < -70 dBm

LO Blinking

-76 dBm ≤ RSSI ≤ -71 dBm

-90 dBm ≤ RSSI < -80 dBm

RSSI LEDs (LO, MED, and HI)

Green RSSI level

All LEDs Off

RSSI ≤ -77 dBm RSSI < -90 dBm

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-49

8.4.5. Technical Specifications

Table 8-57: IDR radio and MAC specifications

Parameter Value Comment Operating frequency 3.x GHz; 2.4 GHz; 900 MHz;

700 MHz

Spectrum spreading method Frequency hopping (Per ETSI ETS 300 328) ARIB-STD-T66

Duplex Method • Time Division Duplexing (TDD): 2.4 GHz; 700 MHz; 900 MHz

• Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD): 3.5 GHz; 3.45 GHz

Transmit Bit Rates Up to 4 Mbps Depending on BER Channel spacing 1 MHz In 3.5 GHz, spacing can be

either 1 MHz or 1.75 MHz Output power from the radio • 31 dBm: 700 MHz

• 30 dBm: 900 MHz • 27 dBm: 3.x GHz, 2.4 GHz

Depending on local regulations (e.g. FCCsee Appendix G, "Declaration of FCC Conformity"), maximum output power can be configured at the factory

Channel access method PPMA Protocol efficiency Up to 80% At BER = 10-5, depending

on the application

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-50 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Table 8-58: IDR EMC and radio standards compliance

Parameter Value Radio Standards Compliance • ETSI EN 300 328-1

• ETSI EN 301 253 • FCC part 15 • RSS139 • Telec

EMC • ETSI ETS 300 826 • ETSI EN 300 385 • ETSI EN 300 386-2 • ETSI ETS 300 132-2 • FCC part 15

Table 8-59: IDR agency certification

Parameter Value Comment Emissions / Immunity • FCC Class B

• ARIB-STD-T66 • ETSI 300 386-2

Safety EN/IEC 60950 Environmental ETS 300 019-2-x

Table 8-60: IDR network specifications

Parameter Value Comment Filtering rate 10,500 frames/sec At 64 bytes Forwarding rate 1,300 frames/sec At 64 bytes

Table 8-61: IDR power requirements

Parameter Value Comment Power output • 6.5V / 1.5A

• 5V / 0.5A • 3.3V / 1.5A

External Power Supply Voltage • VAC: 100 VAC min.; 240 VAC max.

• AC/DC power adapter

System Descript ion ASWipLL CPE Devices

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 8-51

Parameter Value Comment (50 to 60 Hz)

• VDC: 10 52 VDC

• DC/DC power adapter Maximum Power consumption Less than 15W

Table 8-62: IDR environmental considerations

Parameter Value Comment Operating temperature 0ºC to 50ºC (32ºF to 122ºF) Operating Humidity +30ºC (86ºF) 93% Maximum humidity Storage temperature -40ºC to 70ºC (-40ºF to -94ºF)

Table 8-63: IDR network interface

Parameter Value Comment Ethernet Network UTP EIA / TIA Category 5 Standards Compliance ANSI/IEEE 802.3 and

ISO/IEC 8802-3 10Base-T compliant

Serial Port RJ-11

Table 8-64: IDR physical dimensions

Parameter Value Comment Weight 1.43 kg Dimensions (H x W x D)

• 155 mm (6.1 inches) x 233 mm (9.17 inches) x 74.5 mm (2.93 inches)

• 120.5 mm (4.74 inches) x 61mm (2.4 inches) x 35 mm (1.37 inches)

• IDR with built-in antenna

• IDR with external antenna

Note: Dimensions exclude external power adapter.

Table 8-65: IDR pole mounting dimensions Parameter Value

Minimum pole diameter 35 mm (1.37 inches) Maximum pole diameter 50 mm (1.97 inches)

ASWipLL CPE Devices System Descript ion

8-52 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

This page is intentionally left blank.

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 9-1

ASWipLL PointASWipLL PointASWipLL PointASWipLL Point----totototo----Point Point Point Point RadioRadioRadioRadio ASWipLLs Point-to-Point Radio (PPR) device is an outdoor radio, providing a point-to-point radio (PPR) link in the 5.8 GHz, 3.x GHz, 2.8 GHz, 2.5 GHz, 2.4 GHz, 1.5 GHz, 925 MHz, 900 MHz, and 700 MHz frequency bands. The PPR provides a secure and reliable point-to-point wireless link with a single remote ASWipLL device (i.e. SPR). PPR provides real-time adaptive modulation (2-, 4-, and 8-level FSK) and Auto Repeat Request (ARQ)features that offer high quality connectivity whilst maximizing spectrum utilization.

Figure 9-1: PPR device front panel

The PPR is fully packet-based, delivering up to 4 Mbps using a 1.33-MHz channel. If more than 4 Mbps bandwidth is required between two end points, two or more links can be installed in parallel. For two links, ASWipLL uses IP routing: one link routes IP traffic in the uplink; a second link routes IP traffic in the downlink. A third link can be added to bridge mainly point-to-point over Ethernet (PPPoE) traffic in the uplink and downlink.

9

ASWipLL Point- to-Point Radio System Descript ion

9-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

ASWipLLs PPR is an attractive alternative to leased lines and dedicated fiber-optic connections. The PPR is ideal for short-haul digital transmissions in high-density networks such as the following:

! LAN-to-LAN connectivity for enterprises

! Building-to-building enterprise networking

! Backhaul for ISP/ASP/WISP

! Backhauling small ASWipLL Base Stations

! Backhauling 802.11b hotspots

! Transparent LAN services

! Business park networking

! Campus networking

Figure 9-2 displays a typical point-to-point radio application using ASWipLL's PPR and SPR devices.

Figure 9-2: PPR in a building-to-building application

System Descript ion ASWipLL Point- to-Point Radio

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 9-3

The PPR device is similar to the BSR in that it performs both IP routing / PPPoE bridging and transparent bridging as well as all the other BSR software features. The only difference between the PPRs and BSRs software features is that the PPR is part of a point-to-point link with a single remote subscriber device (i.e. SPR).

The PPR is typically interfaced with the service providers wired backbone through the ASWipLLs SDA 10BaseT Ethernet interface. However, the PPR can also be connected to a BSDU when multiple BSRs are located at the same site (i.e. Base Station) as the PPR. In this scenario, the BSRs service multiple sectors of SPRs, while the PPR participates in a point-to-point service with a single remote SPR.

When used as a bridge, the PPR must be connected to a LAN switch (such as ASWipLLs SDA-4S Ethernet switch).

9.1. PPR Models and Radio Coverage The PPR is available in the following models, differing mainly by antenna configuration.

9.1.1. PPR with Integrated, Flat-Panel Antenna This PPR model contains an integrated (internal) flat-plate antenna. These antennas provide high gain and are applicable for 5.8 GHz, 3.x GHz, 2.8 GHz, 2.5 GHz, and 2.4 GHz frequency bands.

According to supported frequency band, these models provide the following radio coverage:

! 2.4 GHz: 18-dBi antenna gain, covering an area of 19 degrees. The radio coverage using 18-dBi internal antennas is described below.

Table 9-1: Radio coverage for PPR model (2.4 GHz) with integrated 18-dBi antenna

Modulation Range 8-level (3/4Mbps) 12 km (7.5 mi) 4-Level (2Mbps) 16 km (10 mi) 2-Level (1Mbps) 21 km (13 mi)

ASWipLL Point- to-Point Radio System Descript ion

9-4 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

! 3.5 GHz: 18-dBi antenna gain, covering an area of 16 degrees. The radio coverage using 18-dBi internal antennas is described below.

Table 9-2: Radio coverage for PPR model (3.5 GHz) with integrated 18-dBi antenna

Modulation Range 8-level (3/4Mbps) 8 km (5 mi) 4-Level (2Mbps) 11 km (7 mi) 2-Level (1Mbps) 15 km (9 mi)

! 5.8 GHz: 16-dBi antenna gain, covering an area of 23 degrees. The radio coverage using 16-dBi internal antennas is described below:

Table 9-3: Radio coverage for PPR model (5.8 GHz) with integrated 16-dBi antenna

Modulation Range 8-level (3/4Mbps) 7 km (4.4 mi) 4-Level (2Mbps) 9 km (5.6 mi) 2-Level (1Mbps) 12 km (7.5 mi)

9.1.2. PPR with N-Type Connector for Third-Party External Antenna Instead of an integrated antenna, this PPR model provides an N-type connector for attaching a third-party external antenna. These PPR models are applicable for the 5.8 GHz, 3.x GHz, 2.8 GHz, 2.5 GHz, 2.4 GHz, 1.5 GHz, 925 MHz, 900 MHz, and 700 MHz frequency bands.

With 21-dBi flat-panel directional external antennas at both ends, the radio coverage for PPR with external antennas is described in the table below.

Table 9-4: Radio coverage for PPR models with external antennas

Modulation Range 8-level (3/4Mbps) 10 km (6.5 mi) 4-Level (2Mbps) 14 km (9 mi) 2-Level (1Mbps) 19 km (12 mi)

System Descript ion ASWipLL Point- to-Point Radio

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 9-5

Note: When external antennas are used, losses may be incurred over the RFcable connecting the antenna to the PPR. Therefore, the distance between theantenna and the PPR should be kept to a minimum. For example, the loss overa 3-meter LMR400 cable is about 1 dB (0.32 dB for a 1-meter cable).

9.2. Standard Accessories For implementing a point-to-point radio link, the following accessories are required:

! PPR at the near-end site, connected to the backhaul

! SPR at the far-end site, connected to the subscriber's (e.g. enterprise) network

! Two indoor data adaptors (i.e. SDAs) one for each site

! Cat 5 cables for indoor-to-outdoor connectivity

! Mounting kit for mounting the device on a pole with tilting options

! For the PPR model without a built-in antenna, an N-type connector is provided for attaching a third-party external antenna

Note: For point-to-point radio links, Airspan recommends using an SPR modelproviding a high-antenna gain.

9.3. Hardware Interfaces The table below describes the PPR's hardware interfaces.

Table 9-5: PPR hardware interfaces

Port Interface 15-pin D-type • Ethernet (10BaseT) with SDA (or BSDU when multiple BSRs are co-located

with PPR) • Power supplied by SDA (or BSDU)

9-pin D-type Serial (RS-232) local initial configuration (using WipConfig tool) during installation

ASWipLL Point- to-Point Radio System Descript ion

9-6 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

9.4. Connector Pinouts This section describes the connector pinouts for the following cable connections:

! PPR-to-SDA (15-pin D-type connector)

! PPR-to-PC (9-pin D-type connector)

9.4.1. 15-Pin D-Type Connector (Ethernet) The table below describes the PPR's 15-pin D-type connector pinouts for PPR-to-SDA cabling.

Table 9-6: PPR's 15-pin D-type connector pinouts

Straight-through CAT 5 cable PPR SDA 15-pin D-

type male Pin Function Wire color Wire

pair Pin Function 1 +48 VDC Blue / white 1 +48 VDC 2 48 RTN Blue

1 2 48 RTN

3 Tx+ Orange / white 3 Rx+ 4 Tx- Orange

2 4 Rx-

5 Rx+ Green / white 5 Tx+ 6 Rx- Green

3 6 Tx-

Notes: • If the PPR connects to a BSDU, pins 7 and 8 are used for hopping synchronization (+) and

hopping synchronization (-), respectively. • A CAT 5 cable connects to the 15-pin D-type port, therefore, only eight pins are used. • ASWipLL's wire color-coding is described in the table above. However, if you implement your

company's wire color-coding scheme, ensure that the wires are paired and twisted according to pin functions (e.g. Rx+ with Rx-).

System Descript ion ASWipLL Point- to-Point Radio

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 9-7

9.4.2. 9-Pin D-Type Connector (Serial) The table below describes the PPR-to-PC serial cable connector pinouts that include the PPR's 9-pin D-type port (labeled SERIAL).

Table 9-7: 9-Pin D-type connector pinouts for PPR-to-PC serial connection

Crossover serial cable PPR PC

9-pin D-type male

Pin Function Pin Function 9-pin D-type female

2 RS232 Rx 3 Tx 3 RS232 Tx 2 Rx

5 GND 5 GND

Notes: • Pins not mentioned are not used. • For PPR serial configuration, the PPR must remain connected to the SDA.

9.5. Network Management The PPR is managed remotely by ASWipLL's NMS program (i.e. WipManage) from anywhere that provides IP connectivity to the PPR. ASWipLLs SNMP-based WipManage program uses standard and proprietary MIBs for configuring and managing the PPR. WipManage provides the PPR with fault, configuration, performance, and security management. For a detailed description on WipManage, see Chapter 12, "Management System".

ASWipLL Point- to-Point Radio System Descript ion

9-8 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

9.6. Technical Specifications The tables below list the PPR's technical specifications.

Table 9-8: PPR radio specifications

Parameter Value Operating frequency bands 5.8 GHz; 3.x GHz; 2.8 GHz; MMDS; 2.4 GHz; 1.5 GHz; 925

MHz; 900 MHz; 700 MHz Duplex method • Time Division Duplex (TDD) for all bands

• Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) for 3.x GHz Radio Technology FH-CDMA Multiple Access Method PPMA Output power • 31 dBm: 700 MHz

• 30 dBm: 1.5 GHz; 925 MHz; 900 MHz • 27 dBm: 5.8 GHz; 3.x GHz; 2.8 GHz; MMDS; 2.4 GHz

Sub-Channel Spacing 1 MHz Modulation Multilevel (2, 4, or 8) CPFSK Receiver Sensitivity (BER 1E-6 at 2/4/8 FSK)

-90/ -83 / -75 dBm

Throughput Up to 4 Mbps per PPR-SPR link Radio Standards Compliance • ETSI EN 300 328-1

• ETSI EN 301 253 • FCC part 15 • RSS139 • Telec

EMC • ETSI ETS 300 826 • ETSI EN 300 385 • ETSI EN 300 386-2 • ETSI ETS 300 132-2 • FCC part 15

System Descript ion ASWipLL Point- to-Point Radio

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 9-9

Table 9-9: PPR network specifications

Parameter Value Protocols • IP Routing

• PPPoE bridging • Transparent bridging • 802.1Q/p • DHCP relay

QoS Based on 802.1p, DiffServ/TOS, IP addresses, protocols or applications

Security Authentication, Encryption, VPNs and IP filters based on IP addresses, protocols or applications

Service Classes CIR, MIR RFCs 768, 783, 791, 792, 826, 894, 903, 950, 1009, 1027, 1042, 1157,

1213, 1284, 1350, 1878

Table 9-10: PPR management

Parameter Value Remote Management • SNMP

• Standard and Private MIBs Local Management RS-232 (including Personal Digital Assistance - PDA) or SNMP Software Upgrade Local or remote via TFTP, online Management Tools GUI-based Element Manager, Data Base (ODBC)

Table 9-11: PPR mechanical and electrical dimensions

Device Parameter PPR Interfaces • DB15 (10BaseT)

• RF: N-Type (optional) Power Requirements 30-55 VDC, 12W max. Dimensions H/W/D 317 mm (12.48 inches) x 400 mm (15.74

inches) x 65.5 (2.58 inches)

PPR

Weight 4.7 kg Interfaces • DB15 (10BaseT)

• N-type female (optional)

SPR

Power Requirements 30-55 VDC, 12W max.

ASWipLL Point- to-Point Radio System Descript ion

9-10 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Device Parameter PPR Dimensions H/W/D 317 mm (12.48 inches) x 400 mm (15.74

inches) x 65.5 (2.58 inches) Weight 4.7 kg

Table 9-12: PPR environmental conditions

Parameter Outdoor unit Indoor unit Operating Temperature -30ºC to 60ºC

(-22ºF to 140ºF) 0ºC to 50ºC (32ºF to 122ºF)

Table 9-13: PPR general standards compliance

Parameter Value Safety EN 60950, UL 1950 Environmental ETS 300 019

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 10-1

ASWipLL AutoConnectASWipLL AutoConnectASWipLL AutoConnectASWipLL AutoConnect ASWipLLs AutoConnect license-dependant feature enables initially powered-on and unconfigured SPRs/IDRs to automatically connect to BSRs. These SPRs connect to BSRs with the strongest RF signal, and thereafter, can be redirected to connect to specific BSRs. AutoConnect also allows SPRs that are currently connected to BSRs to undergo AutoConnect, and then be redirected to connect to specific BSRs.

ASWipLLs AutoConnect feature offers the following customer benefits:

! Eliminates the need for pre-configuration of subscriber devices

! Reduces installation costs by eliminating the need to send a technician for onsite configuration during installation

! Allows remote redirection of subscriber devices to connect to specific BSRs

! Allows implementation of BSR redundancy (see Chapter 11, "ASWipLL Redundancy)

10.1. AutoConnect Process When an SPR/IDR configured for AutoConnect is powered on or reset, one or both of the following can occur, depending on configuration:

! Continual AutoConnect: each time SPR/IDR is powered on (or reset) it connects to a BSR with which it has the best RF signal (i.e. RSSI)

! AutoConnect with Redirection: SPR/IDR connects to a BSR with which it has the best RF signal, and thereafter, disconnects and reconnects (i.e. is redirected) to a specific BSR.

10

ASWipLL AutoConnect System Descript ion

10-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

10.1.1. Continual AutoConnect Each time SPRs/IDRs configured for AutoConnect (and not listed in the ASWipLL database) are powered off and then on, or reset, they undergo AutoConnect and connect to BSRs with which they have the strongest RF reception. Thus, these SPRs/IDRs undergo continual AutoConnect.

The following lists the chronological process of continual AutoConnect:

1. Once an unconfigured SPR/IDR is installed at the subscribers site and then powered on, it automatically establishes a link to a BSR with which it has the strongest RF reception.

2. The BSR provides the SPR/IDR with a temporary IP address (for communication and configuration).

3. The SPR/IDR sends an SNMP trap to WipManage notifying that it has undergone AutoConnect.

4. WipManage searches the ASWipLL database for a BSR to which the SPR/IDR should be connected. But, because the SPR/IDR is not listed in the database, the management system allows the SPR/IDR to continue its link with the BSR.

5. The SPR/IDR continuously sends Config Request traps (up to 10) to the management station until the management station acknowledges these traps. Once the management station acknowledges these traps, the AutoConnect process ends. The BSR-SPR/IDR link is sustained until the SPR/IDR is turned off or reset. When the SPR/IDR is turned on again, the SPR/IDR undergoes the AutoConnect process once again, connecting to the BSR with the strongest RF signal.

System Descript ion ASWipLL AutoConnect

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 10-3

Figure 10-1 displays the continual AutoConnect process.

Figure 10-1: AutoConnect without Redirecting to a specific BSR

10.1.2. AutoConnect with Redirection An unconfigured and newly installed AutoConnect SPR/IDR whose Ethernet MAC address appears in the ASWipLL management database defined for a specific BSR, first connects to a BSR with the best RF signal using AutoConnect, and thereafter, is redirected to a specific BSR as defined in the database. Once an SPR/IDR has been redirected to a specific BSR, it will always connect with this BSR even if powered off and then on, or reset. Only if factory defaults are applied to the SPR/IDR (and AutoConnect is default in device's ROM) will it return to AutoConnect mode and connect to the BSR with which it has the best RF signal.

The following lists the chronological process of the AutoConnect feature with redirecting SPRs/IDRs to a specific BSR:

1. Once an unconfigured SPR/IDR is installed at the subscribers site, and then powered on, it automatically establishes a link with a BSR (e.g. BSR #1) with which it has the strongest RF reception.

2. The BSR (BSR #1) provides the SPR/IDR with a temporary IP address (for communication and configuration).

ASWipLL AutoConnect System Descript ion

10-4 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

3. The SPR/IDR sends an SNMP trap to the ASWipLL management station (i.e. WipManage) notifying WipManage that the SPR/IDR has undergone AutoConnect.

4. WipManage checks the database and identifies a different BSR (e.g. BSR #2) to which the SPR/IDR should be associated and connected.

5. WipManage requests and receives from this BSR (BSR #2) the following parameters:

! BSR's (BSR #2) Air MAC address

! SPR's subnet mask

! BSR's (BSR #2) transmission rate (3 or 4 Mbps)

6. WipManage sends the configuration parameters to the SPR/IDR. These parameters include:

! BSR's (BSR #2) Air MAC address (to which the SPR/IDR should be connected)

! SPR's Air MAC address

! BSR's (BSR #2) IP address (to which the SPR/IDR should be connected)

! SPR's IP and subnet mask addresses

! SPR's transmission rate (3 or 4 Mbps)

! SNMP and TFTP QoS class

7. The SPR/IDR disconnects from the BSR (BSR #1) with which it initially connected, and then connects to the correct BSR (BSR #2) according to the received parameters.

The SPR/IDR continuously sends Config Request traps (up to 10) to the management station until the management station acknowledges these traps. Once the management station acknowledges these traps, the AutoConnect process ends.

System Descript ion ASWipLL AutoConnect

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 10-5

The SPR/IDR does not undergo AutoConnect in the future, even if switched off and then on again. From now on, the SPR/IDR will always establish a link with the "new" BSR (BSR #2).

Figure 10-2 and Figure 10-3 display the AutoConnect process where the SPR is redirected to a different BSR (BSR #2).

Figure 10-2: AutoConnect before redirecting SPR to a different BSR

Figure 10-3: AutoConnect after redirecting SPR to a different BSR

ASWipLL AutoConnect System Descript ion

10-6 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

10.2. Reliability ASWipLLs AutoConnect feature provides proven reliability, preventing SPRs/IDRs from being redirected to the incorrect BSR. When an SPR/IDR restarts with the new configuration parameters, the SPR/IDR continuously sends Config Request traps to the management station until the management station acknowledges these traps. If these traps are not acknowledged, the SPR/IDR starts the AutoConnect process once again. Thus, the SPR/IDR is prevented from connecting to an incorrect BSR.

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 11-1

ASWipLL RedundancyASWipLL RedundancyASWipLL RedundancyASWipLL Redundancy The ASWipLL system provides BSR redundancy and Base Station power redundancy. BSR redundancy can be based either on ASWipLLs AutoConnect feature or on operating frequencies. ASWipLLs optional Base Station power redundancy includes full 48 VDC power redundancy, battery back-up, and uninterrupted power system (UPS) based solutions.

11.1. BSR Redundancy The ASWipLL system provides BSR redundancy (regardless of Base Station size) when operating in the bridge mode. BSR redundancy occurs in the event of the following scenarios:

! BSR failure

! Link failure between the BSR and the subscriber device(s)

! BSDU failure

! SDA failure at the Base Station

The ASWipLL system offers one of two types of BSR redundancy methods, based on the following:

! ASWipLLs AutoConnect feature

! Operating frequency (and duplicated Air MAC addresses)

11

ASWipLL Redundancy System Descript ion

11-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

11.1.1. Redundancy Based on AutoConnect BSR redundancy at Base Stations can be implemented using ASWipLLs AutoConnect feature. This type of BSR redundancy is used when subscriber devices are configured for AutoConnect. If the BSR fails or the link between the BSR and the subscriber devices fails, the subscriber devices (i.e. SPRs/IDRs) that were connected by AutoConnect to the working BSR, automatically connect to a standby BSR covering (or overlapping) the same radio area (typically at the same Base Station).

In this BSR redundancy method, the standby BSR may also be active, in that subscriber devices may connect to it through AutoConnect despite no failure in the working BSR. However, when the working BSR fails or the link fails, all the subscriber devices connected to the working BSR now connect to the standby BSR. A precondition for this method is for the BSRs to be configured beforehand to enable the connection of additional subscriber devices through AutoConnect.

Figure 11-1: BSR redundancy based on AutoConnect before working BSR failure

System Descript ion ASWipLL Redundancy

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 11-3

Figure 11-2: BSR redundancy based on AutoConnect after working BSR failure

The BSR redundancy method using AutoConnect assigns identical services to all involved subscriber devices. These services include bandwidth and Quality of Service settings.

Note: For a detailed description of AutoConnect, see Chapter 10, "ASWipLLAutoConnect".

ASWipLL Redundancy System Descript ion

11-4 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

11.1.2. Redundancy Based on Duplicated Air MAC Addresses BSR redundancy at Base Stations can be implemented by configuring a different operating frequency between working BSRs and standby BSRs. This redundancy method is ideally suited for ASWipLL devices operating in licensed bands, where each BSR typically uses a single frequency (i.e. no frequency hopping). However, it can also be implemented in unlicensed bands.

In this method, working and standby BSRs must have identical configuration settings, e.g. identical Air MAC addresses, but different operating frequencies. For each BSR, the operating frequency must have a different frequency table ID. This allows the subscriber device to contain two frequency tables: one corresponding to the working BSR, and the other to the standby BSR.

If the working BSR fails or the link between the BSR and the subscriber devices fail, the subscriber devices (i.e. SPRs) sweep (scan) the frequencies to locate the standby BSR (i.e. acquisition) with an Air MAC address identical to the working BSR. When the subscriber devices locate the standby BSR, they connect to the standby BSR and communicate with the standby BSR in the operating frequency defined for the standby BSR.

Figure 11-3 and Figure 11-4 illustrate BSR redundancy based on operating frequencies. Figure 11-3 illustrates a functioning working BSR operating in the 3501-MHz frequency band. Figure 11-4 illustrates a failure in the working BSR, resulting in the reconnection of all subscriber devices to the standby BSR operating in the 3503-MHz frequency band.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Redundancy

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 11-5

Figure 11-3: BSR redundancy based on frequency before working BSR failure

Figure 11-4: BSR redundancy based on frequency after BSR failure

ASWipLL Redundancy System Descript ion

11-6 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

The advantage of BSR redundancy based on frequencies is that each subscriber device is assured its unique services (i.e. bandwidth and QoS). In addition, this method eliminates the need for implementing AutoConnect.

Note: To implement the BSR redundancy method based on different operatingfrequencies in the unlicensed band, please contact an Airspan representative.

11.2. Power Redundancy The ASWipLL system provides optional power redundancy to Base Stations and subscriber devices. The optional devices providing power redundancy include the following:

! BSPS: for Base Station power redundancy (for a detailed description on the BSPS, see Chapter 7, "ASWipLL Base Station Devices")

! UPS: for subscriber site power redundancy (2, 4, or 8 backup hours)

11.2.1. BSPS Unit Full power redundancy at the Base Station is provided by an optional third-party unit called the BSPS. The BSPS provides the following power redundancy functionality:

! Battery backup power during mains failure

! Full -48 VDC power redundancy during rectifier failure

11.2.1.1. Battery Backup Power

To provide the ASWipLL Base Station with back-up power during a mains failure, two battery circuits are provided in the BSPS. The BSPS provides power redundancy by charging the battery bank. Thus, the ASWipLL BSPS is essentially a DC-UPS (direct current uninterruptible power supply) with a battery connected to it. The size of the battery determines the backup and charging time. Since the system is current limited, the maximum battery size is based on this limit.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Redundancy

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 11-7

11.2.1.2. Rectifier N + 1 Redundancy

The BSPSs rectifier module is the heart of the full-redundancy 48 VDC power system. The rectifier is a plug-in module designed specifically for modular systems. Rectifier redundancy occurs when a rectifier fails, e.g. short circuits.

Up to four rectifiers can be added to the BSPS. These rectifiers are chained in parallel to provide the required current capacity. The output voltage of the rectifiers feeds the load and charges the batteries through the dual LVD. The rectifiers can be "hot-plugged". This enables the user to define an N + 1 or N + 2 redundant systems.

A current sharing circuit is responsible for current sharing among the rectifiers. This enables each one of the rectifiers to slightly increase its output voltage. The rectifiers follow the highest output voltage of the rectifiers that are used.

For example: Assume a BSPS has two rectifiers, and one of the rectifiers has an output voltage that is greater than the other rectifier. The rectifier with the higher output voltage becomes the master and dictates the output voltage of the BSPS system. The second rectifier raises its voltage slightly until its output current equals the output current of the master rectifier. Thus, one rectifier in the system is the master and the other rectifiers are slaves. When the master rectifier fails to operate, the rectifier with the next highest initial output automatically becomes the new master of the system.

Note: The sharing mechanism tends to raise the BSPSs output voltage. Alimit of approximately one-volt of correction is applied to the system.

11.2.2. UPS Unit The ASWipLL system also offers an optional third-party unit providing uninterruptible power supply (UPS) to subscriber devices or Base Stations consisting of a single BSR. The UPS includes a battery to maintain power to the ASWipLL device in the event of a power outage. The UPS unit connects to the BSR or subscriber device (i.e. SPR) through the SDA.

ASWipLL offers three optional UPS units, each differing in backup time: two, four, and eight hours.

ASWipLL Redundancy System Descript ion

11-8 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

This page is intentionally left blank.

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 12-1

ManageManageManageManagement Systemment Systemment Systemment System The ASWipLL system includes a comprehensive set of configuration and management software tools for managing the entire system. ASWipLLs management tools provide fault, configuration, performance, and security management, and include the following:

! WipManage: Windows-based network management system (NMS), providing remote management.

! WipConfig: Windows-based program, providing initial serial (and remote) configuration, typically during hardware installation.

! WipConfig PDA: similar to the WipConfig program, but designed to operate on personal digital assistants (PDA).

! WipAD: Windows-based program, providing quick-and-easy automatic, simultaneous download of software versions to multiple ASWipLL devices.

! ASWipLL DB Upgrade: Windows-based program, providing quick-and-easy upgrade of the ASWipLL database.

For a detailed description of these management tools, refer to the WipManage Users Guide, WipConfig Users Guide, WipConfig PDA Users Guide, WipAD User's Guide and Commissioning Manual.

12

Management System System Descript ion

12-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

12.1. Main Features The ASWipLL management system provides the following main features:

! Accesses all ASWipLL devices in the network and displays their current statuses

! A single ASWipLL management station can manage all the ASWipLL devices in the network

! Displays multiple ASWipLL devices concurrently

! Supports simultaneous software upgrades for multiple ASWipLL devices

! Supports simultaneous configuration of multiple ASWipLL devices

! Provides real-time statistical network performance reports and graphs such as bit error rate (BER), received signal strength indication (RSSI), and traffic throughput

! Provides control of transmit power for all ASWipLL radio transceivers

! Provides extensive alarm and event management capabilities

! Provides management security such as passwords, Get/Set community read/write permissions, and management station access rights for specific networks

! Supports configuration files for saving configuration settings and then applying the same settings to multiple ASWipLL devices

! Supports SNMP and TFTP management protocols

! Windows-based with an intuitive GUI

! Supports standard Microsoft Access database

! Provides serial management for initial configuration during installation

System Descript ion Management System

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 12-3

12.2. WipManage WipManage is an SNMP-based application that provides remote management of the ASWipLL system. WipManage effectively configures, manages, and monitors all the ASWipLL devices (BSRs/PPRs, SPRs/IDRs, BSDUs, and BSPS).

WipManage is a Windows-based, stand-alone program that provides an intuitive and user-friendly graphical user interface (GUI). WipManage allows the operator to easily access single or multiple ASWipLL devices, and view, define, and modify configuration settings. In addition, WipManage provides on-line alarm status indicators as well as real-time statistical network performance graphs for each ASWipLL device.

Figure 12-1 shows a typical application of WipManage remotely managing ASWipLL networks.

Figure 12-1: Typical application of ASWipLLs WipManage NMS

Management System System Descript ion

12-4 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

12.2.1. Network Topology WipManage provides a graphical display of the ASWipLL network topology, showing the logical relationships between the ASWipLL devices and elements. WipManages Main window provides a hierarchical tree-like structure of the entire ASWipLL network, providing an overview of all the Base Stations, BSRs, BSDUs, and SPRs/IDRs in the ASWipLL network. The tree allows easy navigation from one ASWipLL element to another, by expanding and collapsing the trees branches.

Figure 12-2: WipManage Main window showing hierarchical tree-like structure

At the top of the hierarchy are the Base Station groups ("BS Groups") containing Base Stations ("BS"). The next level is the "BS" branch containing BSDUs. The next level is the "BSDU" branch containing BSRs, and finally the "BSR" branch containing SPRs/IDRs (the last and lowest level) associated with the BSR.

System Descript ion Management System

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 12-5

The tree also provides the operator with an immediate indication of the network connection status between WipManage and the ASWipLL device. This is depicted by the color of the elements icon as represented in the tree. For example, if no connection exists, the icon appears red in color.

WipManage allows the operator to display the Base Stations on a background map representing the geographical location (e.g. city map) of the devices. The Base Stations can be positioned on this map with scaled coordinates to display their actual location. Figure 12-2 shows a Base Station on such a background map.

In addition to the hierarchical tree in the Main window, WipManage provides device-specific windows for managing each device type (i.e. BSR/PPR, SPR/IDR, BSDU, and BSPS). The figure below displays the hierarchical topology of these device-specific windows.

Figure 12-3: Topology of WipManage windows

The device-specific windows are initially accessed from the WipManage Main window. Double-clicking a BSR opens the BSR Zoom window (see Figure 12-4), displaying SPRs associated with the BSR. Double-clicking one of these SPRs opens the SPR Zoom window (see Figure 12-5). In the WipManage Main window, double-clicking a BSDU opens the BSDU Zoom window (see Figure 12-6). The BSPS Management window can then be accessed from the BSDU Zoom window (see Figure 12-7).

Management System System Descript ion

12-6 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Figure 12-4: BSR Zoom window

Figure 12-5: SPR Zoom window

System Descript ion Management System

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 12-7

Figure 12-6: BSDU Zoom window

Figure 12-7: BSPS Management window

Management System System Descript ion

12-8 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

12.2.2. Alarm and Event Management WipManage provides alarm and event monitoring of the ASWipLL network. As a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)-based application, WipManage can receive traps generated by WipManage (i.e. internally) and by ASWipLL devices.

Each ASWipLL device contains an SNMP agent (residing on the device) that collects and stores the device's data (e.g. configuration parameters) in a management database called Management Information Base (MIBs). WipManage supports standard Management Information Base II (MIB-II) and private (proprietary) ASWipLL MIBs. This information can be retrieved or modified by WipManage using standard SNMP commands:

! read: retrieves data from the device

! write: configures the device

! trap: allows the device to automatically report events by sending traps to WipManage

Thus, the SNMP trap command allows the device to automatically report events to WipManage. The SNMP traps indicate malfunctions or events in the ASWipLL devices. These events are time-stamped and can be stored in WipManages database. ASWipLL replies to SNMP queries.

ASWipLL SNMP traps can be sent unsolicited from WipManage or from ASWipLL devices to any third-party NMS such as HP OpenView (HPOV).

WipManage displays the severity of each received trap, using the following icons.

! (Normal)

! (Warning)

! (Major)

! (Critical)

WipManage allows the operator to enable a sound to be played whenever the trap of a specific severity is received. In addition, pop-up notifications and running of external programs can be configured on receipt of specific traps and devices.

System Descript ion Management System

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 12-9

For each ASWipLL device, up to five different WipManage management stations (defined by IP address) can be configured for receiving traps. Each ASWipLL device contains a user-defined SNMP Get and Set community string for device-access security. In addition, the user can define an SNMP Trap community string for the management station, allowing only traps pertaining to a specific trap community string to be received by the management station. This is relevant for third-party SNMP external management stations such as HP OpenView. However, if WipManage is defined as a management station for the device, WipManage receives all community traps.

WipManage allows the operator to view current and historical traps. Historical traps are stored in the ASWipLL database. The operator can filter trap display, as well as export selected traps to text files.

Figure 12-8: Example of WipManage traps displaying severity level

WipManage also provides indications of the air link status between the BSR and SPR devices, and of the IP network link between the WipManage management station and the SPR. The color of the SPR icon indicates these link statuses (see Figure 12-9).

Figure 12-9: SPR icon indicating BSR-SPR air and network link status

The color of the circle indicates the BSR-SPR Air link status; the color of the rectangle surrounding the index number indicates the WipManage-SPR network link status.

BSR-SPR Air link status WipManage-SPR network status

Management System System Descript ion

12-10 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

WipManage also indicates the ASWipLL devices connection status with WipManage by using color-coding for the icons representing the ASWipLL element. The following color-codes are used throughout WipManage for all the elements:

Table 12-1: Example of icon color-coding of WipManage-device connection status

Example Color Connection status BSR BSDU

Green Connection exits between WipManage and the device

Yellow WipManage is polling the device

Amber WipManage is unable to connect to the device, but is polling the device another three times

Red No connection between WipManage and the device

12.2.3. Configuration WipManage provides full configuration capabilities for the ASWipLL devices, allowing the user to define, modify, and delete parameters. WipManage's configuration capabilities include the following main areas:

! Radio: RF parameters such as antenna diversity, frequency tables, synchronization (based on frequency hopping), and radio transmit (Tx) power.

! Quality of Service (QoS): subscribers service level agreement (SLA) by providing differentiated services. These services can be based on QoS and bandwidth management. WipManage allows the operator to define QoS for each device based on parameters such as application (e.g. FTP) and IP addresses, and assign these parameters priorities.

! Bandwidth Management: bandwidth policy (i.e. CIR and MIR) and bandwidth.

! Network: ASWipLL network can be configured for PPPoE and/or IP routing, or for transparent bridging. In addition, WipManage provides configuration for routing tables and DHCP relay agents.

System Descript ion Management System

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 12-11

! Software upgrades: supports simultaneous software upgrades of multiple ASWipLL devices.

! Air Security: provides security for communication between devices based on public-key encryptions and frequency hopping (when implemented).

12.2.4. Performance Monitoring WipManage provides extensive performance monitoring of the ASWipLL network. WipManage monitors all traffic transmitted and received by ASWipLL devices, and RF performances at each location. These performance parameters include bit error rate (BER), receive signal strength indication (RSSI), and various cell/link traffic parameters such as number of octets sent/received per second and discarded packets (see Figure 12-10).

Figure 12-10: Example of air performance monitoring (air traffic parameters)

Management System System Descript ion

12-12 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

WipManage allows the operator to view packets of specific QoS levels. By providing the ASWipLL operator with a real-time view of the QoS traffic, overall system efficiency can easily be monitored and controlled.

WipManage allows the operator to view these statistical performance parameters in graph format, accumulatively (total value) or delta (per second). The operator can also generate reports of the statistical data, providing a means for further network analysis and billing. WipManage polls the ASWipLL devices for traffic (voice and data) in user-defined intervals.

WipManage provides the operator with tools to monitor incoming and outgoing traffic, and to locate traffic congestions in the network by viewing statistical data such as the number of discarded packets. Thus, WipManage allows the operator to take preventative measures before network degradation occurs, thereby, ensuring subscriber satisfaction.

12.2.5. Security WipManage provides management security for accessing and operating WipManage. WipManage provides access rights based on passwords, preventing unauthorized access to the NMS. Each operator can be assigned read/write permissions. In addition, WipManage contains a list of managers defined by IP address, who are authorized to operate the ASWipLL network.

12.2.6. ASWipLL Database The ASWipLL database uses a standard Microsoft Access Database. Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) or Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) can easily access the database. Different customer applications may use the database information for various purposes.

The ASWipLL database may reside on the PC running WipManage or on a different PC. Multiple WipManage stations may access and update a single ASWipLL database.

The ASWipLL database stores information of the ASWipLL network topology and configuration (of Base Stations, BSRs/PPRs, SPRs/IDRs, and BSDUs). It stores information such as names, indexes, longitude, latitude, terrain, frequencies, IP

System Descript ion Management System

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 12-13

addresses, and synchronization parameters. Traps can also be stored in the ASWipLL database.

WipManage uses the information stored in the database for various purposes such as when initializing an ASWipLL system for the first time or during maintenance. WipManage continually updates the database during the operation of the system.

12.3. WipConfig WipConfig is a Windows-based management tool providing quick-and-easy initial configuration (e.g. defining IP address and Air MAC address) of ASWipLL devices during installation. This is typically performed through a serial communication mode, although an IP network communication mode can be used for advanced configurations. WipConfig provides a user-friendly GUI, supporting Microsoft Windows NT, and Windows 2000 platforms.

An advantage of WipConfig is that during installation, it provides real-time reporting of RSSI, BER, and modem rate for optimal antenna configuration and positioning. In addition, WipConfig also provides a Spectrum Analyzer for sweeping frequency ranges to locate clear frequencies for use in the Base Station-to-subscriber wireless communication link. This is typically used when installing the Base Station.

WipConfig also provides a feature to quickly setup a basic communication link between a BSR and SPRs. This eliminates the need to use WipManage during the installation stage. WipManage can be used at a later stage for advanced configuration.

WipConfig supports software and configuration file download. WipConfig allows the operator to save configuration settings to a file, and then later download the configuration file to a device. This saves time by eliminating the need to redefine configuration settings each time the operator configures a device.

Management System System Descript ion

12-14 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

12.4. WipConfig PDA Airspans WipConfig PDA program is designed to run on personal digital assistants (PDA). WipConfig PDA provides similar features to WipConfig, allowing the operator to perform initial configurations for ASWipLL devices.

Figure 12-11: Example of WipConfig PDA configuring a BSR

WipConfig PDA can connect to the ASWipLL device through a serial or network (IP) communication path. The network communication path uses SNMP for Set and Get processes.

WipConfig PDA provides a graph displaying real-time Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) measurements, allowing the operator to effectively position ASWipLL devices for optimum radio signal reception.

System Descript ion Management System

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. 12-15

WipConfig PDA allows operators to save configuration settings to a file for later use. Therefore, operators can quickly apply configuration settings to devices requiring similar configuration settings.

12.5. WipAD WipAD is a Windows-based program that automatically downloads new software versions to multiple ASWipLL devices simultaneously and on a cyclic basis. Initially, only downloading parameters need to be defined. From then onwards, WipAD automatically downloads new software versions to devices. Thus, WipAD assures that all ASWipLL devices in the network contain the latest software version.

WipAD routinely checks the devices software version. If the devices software version is different from the version defined in WipADs download parameters, WipAD automatically downloads the version to the device.

WipAD displays all download event types: successfully downloaded versions, failed attempts to download versions, and current download processes, as displayed in Figure 12-12.

Figure 12-12: WipAD window displaying download events

WipAD provides real-time statistical reports of various download parameters. This information is displayed in table and graph format.

Management System System Descript ion

12-16 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

12.6. WipLL DB Upgrade Airspans WipLL DB Upgrade is a Windows-based program that provides a user-friendly GUI for upgrading the ASWipLL database, which WipManage and WipAD continually access. At start-up, WipManage automatically checks if the current ASWipLL database version is compatible with the WipManage SW version. If the ASWipLL database is an old version, WipManage displays a message instructing the operator to upgrade the ASWipLL database.

WipLL DB Upgrade is designed to automatically locate the path to, and folder in which the previous ASWipLL database is located, thereby making the upgrade process quick and easy. In addition, WipLL DB Upgrade can compact the ASWipLL database file (.mdb), providing the following benefits:

! Reduces database file size, thereby freeing space on the PC management station

! Increases speed of all ASWipLL applications accessing the ASWipLL database (i.e. WipManage and WipAD).

Airspan recommends compacting the ASWipLL database at least once a month.

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. A-1

Glossary of TermsGlossary of TermsGlossary of TermsGlossary of Terms Antenna A device for transmitting or receiving a radio frequency (RF).

Antennas are designed for specific frequencies and vary in design.

Antenna diversity

Transmitter consisting of two antennas where the radio transmitter uses the antenna with the best signal to communicate with the receiver.

Antenna gain The amount of power radiated (in dBi) by an antenna in a specific direction relative to an ideal standard (i.e. isotropic radiator). High-gain antennas have a more focused radiation pattern in a specific direction.

Antenna polarization

Orientation of the electric field vector in the radiated wave relative to earth. This depends on how antenna is orientated physically: vertically (electric field is perpendicular to the ground) or horizontally (electric field is parallel to the ground). To eliminate polarization mismatch loss, the receiving antenna must have the same polarization.

Antenna beamwidth

It is the directiveness of a directional antenna. It is defined as the angle between two half-power (-3 dB) points on either side of the main lobe of radiation.

AutoConnect ASWipLL's feature for allowing unconfigured subscriber devices to connect to Base Stations or reconnect to a different Base Station.

ARQ Automatic Repeat Request. A protocol for error control in data transmission. When the receiver detects an error in a packet, it automatically requests the transmitter to resend the packet. This process is repeated until the packet is error free or the error continues beyond a predetermined number of transmissions.

Auto- Speed of the connected device determines the speed at which

A

Glossary of Terms System Descript ion

A-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Negotiation packets are transmitted through a specific port. For example, if the device (i.e. PC) to which the port is connected is running at 100 Mbps, the port connection will transmit packets at 100 Mbps.

Bandwidth Difference between the highest and lowest frequencies available for network signals. The term also is used to describe the rated throughput capacity of a given network medium or protocol. The frequency range necessary to convey a signal measured in units of hertz (Hz).

BER Bit Error Rate. Percentage of bits with errors divided by the total number of bits that have been transmitted, received, or processed over a given time period.

Bit rate This is equal to bits per second and is associated with the speed of the signal through a given medium.

Boost charge A low voltage that is boosted to a usable voltage level.

BSDU ASWipLL Base Station Distribution Unit.

BSPS Base Station Power System.

BSR ASWipLL Base Station Radio.

CAT 5 Category 5 networks cable that consists of four twisted pairs of copper wire, typically terminated by RJ-45 connectors.

CIR Committed Information Rate. A specified amount of guaranteed bandwidth.

CoS Class of service. In an enterprise network, class of service differentiates high-priority traffic from lower-priority traffic. Tags may be added to the packets to identify such classes, but they do not guarantee delivery, as do Quality of Service functions.

CPE Customer Premises Equipment.

CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check.

Data rates The data transmission speed supported by a device, measured in megabits per second (Mbps).

System Descript ion Glossary of Terms

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. A-3

dB Decibel. The unit that measures loudness or strength of a signal

in which the ratio of two power values are expressed using a logarithmic scale usually to base 10. Although the dB is a unit of comparison it is sometimes useful to have an agreed reference point. A common reference is 1mW, which is expressed as 0 dBm.

dBi A ratio of decibels to an isotropic antenna that is commonly used to measure antenna gain. The greater the dBi value, the higher the gain, and the more narrow the angle of coverage.

dBm An absolute power level (in decibels) referenced to 1 milliwatt, where 0 dBm is equivalent to 1 mW.

DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. A protocol available with many operating systems that automatically issues IP addresses within a specified range to devices on the network. The device retains the assigned address for a specific user-defined period.

Diff/Serv Differentiated Services. A scheme originally adopted to replace the IP "Type of Service" to improve network QoS. A method for adding quality of service (QoS) to IP networks from the IETF. DiffServ provides up to 64 possible types of service, e.g. priorities and this is carried in each IP header to specify which type of service is desired. Operating at layer 3 only, DiffServ uses the IP type of service (TOS) field as the DiffServ byte (DS byte).

DNS Domain Name System

Downlink / downstream

Transmission from Base Station to subscriber (CPE).

EIRP Effective Isotropic Radiated Power. In a given direction, the relative gain of a transmitting antenna with respect to the maximum directivity of a half-wave dipole multiplied by the net power accepted by the antenna from the connected transmitter. EIRP is the sum of the power sent to the antenna plus antenna gain.

ELCB Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker

Glossary of Terms System Descript ion

A-4 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Equalizing charge

An equalizing charge delivered at a voltage higher than the nominal float voltage is used to restore uniform cell voltage to a battery. Equalizing charge should be provided when individual cell voltages go below the minimum value.

Ethernet The most widely used wired local area network. Ethernet uses carrier sense multiple access (CSMA) to enable computers to share a network and operates at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps, depending on the physical layer used.

FDD Frequency Division Duplexing.

FH Frequency hopping. A wireless modulation method that rapidly changes the center frequency of a transmission. Signal "hops" from one frequency to another.

Float charge Standby batteries are continuously connected to control circuits, which must be energized at all times. Connected to a load in parallel with a continuously operating power supply, these batteries assure instantaneous support of the load in the event of a power failure or brownout. In addition to operating the connected load, the power supply keeps the standby battery fully charged. This parallel interconnection and operation is called float service.

Frequency Number of cycles (wavelengths) per second, measured in hertz, of electromagnetic radiation.

FSK Frequency Shift Keying. Modulation technique in which binary states of 0 and 1 are represented by different frequencies in the carrier signal.

FTP File Transfer Protocol.

Gateway A device that connects two otherwise incompatible networks.

GHz Gigahertz. One billion cycles per second. A unit of measure for frequency.

GPS Global Positioning System antenna.

H.323 An ITU standard for real-time, interactive voice and videoconferencing over LANs and the Internet. Widely used for IP telephony, it allows any combination of voice, video and data

System Descript ion Glossary of Terms

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. A-5

to be transported.

Hopping length

Time between switching to another frequency (i.e. in ASWipLL it's every 50 msec).

HPBW Half-Power Beam Width.

ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol. A TCP/IP protocol used to report errors.

IDR ASWipLL Indoor Data Radio.

IP Internet Protocol address of a device.

ISM Industrial, Scientific and Medical band. A part of the radio spectrum that can be used by anybody without a license in most countries.

LOS Line of sight. A clear unobstructed physical path must exits between transmitter and receiver.

LVD Low Voltage Disconnect. The LVD disconnects the battery from the load, avoiding damage to the battery when it is over-discharged.

MAC address Media Access Control. A unique 48-bit number used in Ethernet data packets to identify an Ethernet device.

Mbps Megabits per second.

MCB Main Circuit Breaker.

MDI/MDI-x Port supporting automatic crossover, allowing connection to straight through or crossover cables.

MEGACO Media Gateway Control. IP telephony protocol that is a combination of the MGCP and IPDC protocols.

MGCP Media Gateway Control Protocol. A protocol for IP telephony from the IETF.

MHz Megahertz. Measure of frequency equal to one million cycles per second.

MIB Management Information Base. An SNMP structure that allows you to retrieve and change configuration values. The MIB

Glossary of Terms System Descript ion

A-6 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

describes the particular device being monitored.

MIR Maximum Information rate. The maximum speed that is assigned to subscribers.

MMDS Multichannel Multipoint Distribution Services. A digital wireless transmission system that works in the 2.2-2.4 GHz range. It requires line of sight between transmitter and receiver.

MTBF Mean time between failures.

Multicast packet

A single data message (packet) sent to multiple addresses.

NMS Network Management System.

NOC Network Operations Centre.

ODBC Open Database Connectivity. A database-programming interface from Microsoft that provides a common language for Windows applications to access databases on a network.

Omni-directional antenna

Antenna that radiates and receives equally in all directions in azimuth.

Directional antenna

Antenna that radiates and receives most of the signal power in one direction.

PMP Point-to-Multipoint.

PPMA Pre-emptive Polling Multiple Access.

PPP Point-to-Point Protocol.

PPPoE Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet. A method for running the PPP protocol commonly used for dial-up Internet connections over Ethernet. Used by DSL and cable modem providers, PPPoE supports the protocol layers and authentication widely used in PPP and enables a point-to-point connection to be established in the normally multipoint architecture of Ethernet.

PPR ASWipLL Point-to-Point Radio.

PSTN Public switched telephone network.

System Descript ion Glossary of Terms

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. A-7

QoS Quality of Service. The ability to define a level of performance in a data communications system.

Radio Spectrum

The range of frequencies used for transmission.

Range A linear measure of the distance that a transmitter can send a signal.

RCCB Residual Current Circuit Breaker.

RCD Residual Current Device.

RTP Real-Time Transport Protocol. An Internet protocol for transmitting real-time data such as audio and video (as opposed to signaling).

Rectifier Converts AC to DC power. Nonlinear circuit component that allows more current to flow in one direction than the other; ideally, it allows current to flow in one direction unimpeded but allows no current to flow in the other direction.

RF Radio frequency.

RGW Residential gateway.

RSSI Received Signal Strength Indication. The measured power of a received signal by the antenna.

RTS Request to Send.

SDA ASWipLL Subscriber Data Adapter.

SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol. SNMP provides a means to monitor and control TCP/IP network devices, and to manage configurations, statistics collection, performance, and security.

SOHO Small Office Home Office.

SPR ASWipLL Subscriber Premises Radio.

Spread spectrum

A variety of radio transmission methods that continuously change frequencies or signal patterns. A radio transmission technology that spreads the user information over a much wider bandwidth than otherwise required, to gain benefits such as

Glossary of Terms System Descript ion

A-8 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

improved interference tolerance and unlicensed operation.

Static route Route that is explicitly configured and entered into the routing table.

Subnet mask The number used to identify the IP subnetwork, indicating whether the IP address can be recognized on the LAN or if it must be reached through a gateway. This number is expressed in a form similar to an IP address, such as 255.255.255.0.

Subscriber A person who is party to a contract with the provider of public telecommunication services.

Tag switching High-performance, packet-forwarding technology that integrates network layer (Layer 3) routing and data link layer (Layer 2) switching and provides scalable, high-speed switching in the network core. Tag switching is based on the concept of label swapping, in which packets or cells are assigned short, fixed-length labels that tell switching nodes (routers) how data should be forwarded.

TCP Transmission Control Protocol.

TDD Time Division Multiplexing.

TDMA Time Division Multiple Access.

TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol. Simplified version of FTP that allows files to be transferred from one computer to another over a network, usually without the use of client authentication (e.g. username and password).

ToS Type of Service. A field in an IP packet (IP datagram) that is used to indicate the quality of service.

Transmit Power

The power level of radio transmission.

Transparent bridge

Type of network bridge in which the host stations are unaware of their existence in the network. A transparent bridge learns which node is connected to which port through the experience of examining which node responds to each new station address that is transmitted.

System Descript ion Glossary of Terms

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. A-9

TTL Time to Live.

UDP User Datagram Protocol. Connectionless transport layer protocol in the TCP/IP protocol stack. UDP is a simple protocol that exchanges datagrams without acknowledgments or guaranteed delivery, requiring that error processing and retransmission be handled by other protocols.

Uplink / upstream

Transmission from subscriber to Base Station.

UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply. Backup power used when the electrical power fails or drops to an unacceptable voltage level.

V.35 An ITU standard for high-speed synchronous data exchange. In the U.S., V.35 is the interface standard used by most routers and DSUs that connect to T-1 carriers. V.35 is a balanced interface meaning that there are two leads for each data and clock line. Used for communications between a network access device and a packet network.

VLAN Virtual Local Area Network. Group of devices on one or more LANs that are configured (using management software) so that they can communicate as if they were attached to the same wire, when in fact they are located on a number of different LAN segments.

VoIP Voice over Internet Protocol.

VSWR Voltage Standing Wave Ratio. Measures how well the antenna is matched to the nominal impedance of the transmission line (i.e. measures the reflected power versus the input power at the antenna connector). The higher the VSWR, the greater the mismatch.

Glossary of Terms System Descript ion

A-10 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

This page is intentionally left blank.

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. B-1

ASWipLL Product ListASWipLL Product ListASWipLL Product ListASWipLL Product List This appendix lists the sellable entities of the ASWipLL system according to frequency range and duplexing method:

! ASWipLL 700

! ASWipLL 900

! ASWipLL 925

! ASWipLL 1.5

! ASWipLL 2.3

! ASWipLL 2.4

! ASWipLL MMDS

! ASWipLL 2.8

! ASWipLL 3.x

! ASWipLL 5.8

B

ASWipLL Product List System Descript ion

B-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

B.1. Entities Common to all Frequency Bands The tables below list entities that are common to all the ASWipLL products.

Table B-1: General ASWipLL items

Site Product Cat. No. BSR Pole Mounting Kit (for spares) 90300007 Base Station Distribution Unit (BSDU) 09300001 GPS 09300002 Base Station Power System (BSPS) 09400005 BSPS Power Charger (add to BSPS for second BSDU and up)

13300017

Base Station

AC power supply for a single BSDU (when BSPS is not used)

13300020

Subscriber Data Adapter 1 (SDA-1) 09200010 SDA-1_48: SDA-1 that is powered from 30-55 VDC 09200040 SDA_1_DC: SDA-1 that is powered from 10-50 VDC 09200015 Subscriber Data Adapter 4Hub (SDA-4H) 09200011 SDA-4S: SDA + built in LAN switch - for SOHO, PTP and small BS

09200020

SDA-4S/VL: SDA-4S with VLANs - for Multi Tenant 09200021 SDA-4S/1H3L: SDA-4S with Port Priorities - for SOHO with VoIP and data

09200022

SDA-4S/VL/1H3L: SDA-4S w/VLANs & Port Priorities - for Multi Tenant with VoIP and data

09200023

SDA-4S/VLtag: SDA-4S with VLAN tagging - for Multi Tenant + Traffic Engineering

09200024

SDA-4S_DC: SDA-4S that is powered from 30-55 VDC 09200060 UPS for 2 Hours Back Up for CPE, PTP and small BS 13700001 UPS for 4 Hours Back Up for CPE, PTP and small BS 13700002 UPS for 8 Hours Back Up for CPE, PTP and small BS 13700000

Customer Premise Equipment

DC to DC converter for IDR (for power source of 10-52 VDC)

13300021

Management and RSSI LEDs Plug 09300006

System Descript ion ASWipLL Product List

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. B-3

Site Product Cat. No. Auto Connect License 80000050 Auto Connect License per SPR / IDR 8001Axxx WipManage License for first BSR (xxx= Per Release) 8000Mxxx WipManage per additional BSR (xxx= Per Release) 8001Mxxx WipManage per SPR / IDR (xxx= Per Release) 8002Mxxx WipConfig over PC - License (xxx= Per Release) 8000Cxxx WipConfig PDA License for 10 PDAs 8001Cxxx WipConfig PDA License for 50 PDAs 8002Cxxx WipConfig PDA License for more than 50 PDAs 8003Cxxx Spectrum Analyzer license 80000051 WipAD- Auto Download (xxx= Per Release) 8000Axxx

Configuration Tools

WipAD-License per SPR / IDR (xxx= Per Release) 8002Axxx

Customer Documentation on CD-ROM (xxx = per Release)

80110xxx Documentation

Printed Customer Documentation (xxx = per Release) 73000xxx

100 Meters CAT 5 UTP Cable 68000038 AMP Crimping Tool for CAT 5 70900010

20 indoor DB15 to RJ45 adapters 09900020

10 Outdoor DB15 to RJ45 adapters 09900021

CAT5 Cables and Crimping Tools

20 indoor DB15 (AMP) kits (for spare parts) 09900022

RF cable: N open 30 feet RG58 68900021 RF cable: TNC open 30 feet RG58 68900015 RF cable: N N 3 feet RG58 68900016 RF cable: N N 10 feet RG58 68900017 RF connector: TNC plug clamp RG58 30000166

RF Cables and Connectors

RF connector: N type plug clamp RG58 30000167

IDU/ODU Extender IDU/ODU Extender in case that more than 100 meters are required

09200050

Surge Arrestor Indoor DB15 Surge Arrestor (Cylix) 09900003

ASWipLL Product List System Descript ion

B-4 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Table B-2: Voice over IP (VoIP) products

Site Product Cat. No. SIP Residential Gateway (2 POTS and 2 LANs) 09600001 H.323 Residential Gateway (2 POTS and 2 LANs) 09600003

CPE VoIP Residential Gateways 1102 (Mediatrix) MGCP Residential Gateway (2 POTS and 2 LANs) 09600004

3502 VoIP RGW with 1 LAN and 2 POTS 09600005 3502A VoIP RGW with 2 LAN and 2 POTS 09600006

CPE-VoIP Residential Gateways Wellgate (Welltech) 3504A VoIP RGW with 2 LAN and 4 POTS 09600007

Table B-3: TDM over Packet (TDMoP) products

Name Product Cat. No. E1/T1 and fE1/T1 to IP Arranto TE Converter 09600008 Converter (Redux) V.35 to IP Arranto VE Converter 09600009

System Descript ion ASWipLL Product List

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. B-5

B.2. ASWipLL 700 ASWipLL 700 supports 698 to 746 MHz range, and TDD duplexing method (current revision B operates in 704 to 746 MHz). The product list for ASWipLL 700 is listed in the table below.

Table B-4: Products specific to ASWipLL 700

Site Product Cat. No. BSR 700 / Internal 60 degree 8dBi Vertical Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09100052

BSR 700 / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09100053

90 degree 14 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 700 35000006 65/90/120 degree 13/12/11 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 700

35000072

65/90/120 degree 16.5/15.5/15 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 700

35000073

Base Station

Omni External Antenna for BSR 700 35000017

IDR 700 / Internal Antenna - including installation kit 09500062 IDR 700 / External Antenna - including installation kit 09500063 Large SPR 700 / Internal 8dBi Vertical Antenna including Mounting Kit

09000082

SPR 700 / Internal 8dBi Vertical Antenna) including Wall Mounting Kit

09000084

SPR 700 / External Antenna, including Wall Mounting Kit

09000083

Yagi 15 dBi External Antenna for SPR 700 / IDR 700 35000007

Customer Premise Equipment

Panel 11dBi Vertical External Antenna for SPR 700 / IDR 700

35000044

ASWipLL Product List System Descript ion

B-6 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

B.3. ASWipLL 900 ASWipLL 900 MHz supports 902 to 928 MHz range, and TDD duplexing method. The product list for ASWipLL 900 is listed in the table below.

Table B-5: Products specific to ASWipLL 900

Site Product Cat. No. BSR 900 / Internal 60 degree 8dBi Vertical Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09100060

BSR 900 / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09100062

33 degree 17.2 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 900 and BSR 925

35000067

65 degree 15.5 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 900 and BSR 925

35000010

Base Station

Omni 11 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 900 and BSR 925

35000012

IDR 900 / External Antenna - including installation kit 09500030 IDR 900 / Internal 7dBi Vertical Antenna - including installation kit

09500031

10 dBi Vertical and Horizontal External Antenna for IDR / SPR 900 MHz

35000008

6.5 dBi Vertical and Horizontal External Antenna for IDR / SPR 900 MHz (small antenna)

35000009

Large SPR 900 / Internal 8 dBi Vertical Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09000100

SPR 900 / Internal 8dBi Vertical Antenna - including Wall Mounting Kit

09000102

SPR 900 / Internal 8dBi Horizontal Antenna - including Wall Mounting Kit

09000103

Customer Premise Equipment

SPR 900 / External antenna, including Wall Mounting Kit 09000101

Point to Point Radio (PPR)

PPR 900 / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09700010

System Descript ion ASWipLL Product List

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. B-7

B.4. ASWipLL 925 ASWipLL 925 supports 910 to 940 MHz range, and TDD duplexing method. The product list for ASWipLL 925 is listed in the table below.

Table B-6: Products specific to ASWipLL 925

Site Product Cat. No. BSR 925 / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09100065

33 degree 17.2 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 900 and for BSR 925

35000067

65 degree 15.5 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 900 and for BSR 925

35000010

Base Station

Omni 11 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 900 and for BSR 925

35000012

Customer Premise Equipment

SPR 925 MHz TDD / External Antenna, including Wall Mounting Kit

09000105

Point to Point Radio (PPR)

PPR 925 / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09700023

ASWipLL Product List System Descript ion

B-8 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

B.5. ASWipLL 1.5 ASWipLL 1.5 supports 1427 to 1525 MHz range, and FDD duplexing method with a standard 49 MHz uplink/downlink separation that can be changed according to customer requirements. The product list for ASWipLL 1.5 is listed in the table below.

Table B-7: Products specific to ASWipLL 1.5

Site Product Cat. No. BSR 1.5 / Internal 60 degree 8.5 dBi Vertical Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09100070

BSR 1.5 / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit 09100071 65 degree 18 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 1.5 35000013

Base Station

Omni 10 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 1.5 35000014 Large SPR 1.5 / Internal 11 dBi Vertical Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09000110

SPR 1.5 / Internal 11 dBi Vertical Antenna, including Wall Mounting Kit

09000111

SPR 1.5 / External Antenna, including Wall Mounting Kit

09000112

Customer Premise Equipment

Yagi 14 dBi External Antenna for SPR 1.5 / External 35000015 Point to Point Radio (PPR)

PPR 1.5 / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit 09700025

B.6. ASWipLL 2.3 ASWipLL 2.3 supports 2300 to 2400 MHz range, and TDD duplexing method. The product list for ASWipLL 2.3 is listed in the table below.

Table B-8: Products specific to ASWipLL 2.3

Site Product Cat. No. BSR 2.3 GHz TDD / Internal Vertical Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09100100

BSR 2.3 GHz TDD / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09100101

Base Station

60 degree 17 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 2.3 (2300-2480 MHz)

2118000008

System Descript ion ASWipLL Product List

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. B-9

Site Product Cat. No. 180 degree 11 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 2.3 (2300-2500 MHz)

2118000022

Omni 10 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 2.3 (2300-2500 MHz)

35000021

Omni 12 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 2.3 (Antenna: 2300-2500)

35000034

SPR 2.3 / Internal Vertical Antenna, including Wall Mounting Kit

09000150 Customer Premise Equipment

SPR 2.3 / External antenna, including Wall Mounting Kit 09000151

B.7. ASWipLL 2.4 ASWipLL 2.4 supports 2400 to 2500 MHz range, and TDD duplexing method. The product list for ASWipLL 2.4 is listed in the table below.

Table B-9: Products specific to ASWipLL 2.4

Site Product Cat. No. BSR 2.4 / Internal 60 degree 11Bi Vertical Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09100009

BSR 2.4 / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit 09100023 60 degree 13.5 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 2.4 (Antenna: 2400-2483)

35000053

60 degree 14 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 2.4 (Antenna: 2400-2700)

2118000033

60 degree 13.5 dBi Horizontal External Antenna for BSR 2.4 (Antenna: 2400-2483)

35000056

60 degree 16 dBi Horizontal External Antenna for BSR 2.4 (Antenna: 2400-2483)

35000055

90 degree 10 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 2.4 (Antenna: 2400-2483)

35000052

90 degree 15 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 2.4 (Antenna: 2400-2700)

2118000031

120 degree 14 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 2.4 (Antenna: 2400-2483)

35000054

Base Station

180 degree 10 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 2.4 (Antenna: 2400-2483)

35000049

ASWipLL Product List System Descript ion

B-10 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Site Product Cat. No. 180 degree 11 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 2.4 (Antenna: 2300-2500)

2118000022

180 degree 12.5 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 2.4 (Antenna: 2400-2483)

35000050

180 degree 15 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 2.4 (Antenna: 2400-2483)

35000051

Omni 9 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 2.4 (Antenna: 2400-2483)

35000061

Omni 10 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 2.4 (Antenna: 2400-2483)

35000059

Omni 10 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 2.4 (Antenna: 2300-2500 MHz)

35000001

Omni 12 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 2.4 (Antenna: 2300-2500)

35000034

IDR 2.4 / Internal 10 dBi Vertical Antenna - including installation kit

09500008

IDR 2.4 / External Antenna including installation kit 09500007 17 dBi Vertical and Horizontal Antenna for IDR / SPR 2.4 GHz (Antenna: 2400-2483)

35000058

14 dBi Vertical Antenna for IDR / SPR 2.4 GHz (Antenna: 2400-2483)

35000057

8.5 dBi Vertical External Antenna for IDR 2.4 GHz 35000003 SPR 2.4 / Internal 15 dBi Vertical Antenna, including Wall Mounting Kit

09000054

SPR 2.4 / External Antenna, including Wall Mounting Kit 09000038 Large SPR 2.4 / Internal 18 dBi Vertical Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09000129

21 dBi Vertical External Antenna for SPR 2.4 (Ant: 2400-2483)

2118000035

Customer Premise Equipment

24.5 dBi Vertical External Antenna for SPR 2.4 (Ant: 2400-2483)

2118000036

PPR 2.4 / Internal 19 degree 18 dBi Vertical Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09700001 Point to Point Radio (PPR)

PPR 2.4 / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit 09700002

System Descript ion ASWipLL Product List

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. B-11

Site Product Cat. No. 21 dBi Vertical External Antenna for PPR 2.4 (Ant: 2400-2483)

2118000035

24.5 dBi Vertical External Antenna for PPR 2.4 (Ant: 2400-2483)

2118000036

B.8. ASWipLL MMDS ASWipLL MMDS supports 2500 to 2686 MHz range, and TDD duplexing method. The product list for ASWipLL MMDS is listed in the table below.

Table B-10: Products specific to ASWipLL MMDS

Site Product Cat. No. BSR MMDS / Internal 65 degree 11 dBi Vertical Antenna, incl Pole Mounting Kit

09100022

BSR MMDS / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09100032

60 degree 14 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR MMDS (Ant: 2400-2700 MHz)

2118000033

Base Station

90 degree 15 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 2.4 (Antenna: 2400-2700 MHz)

2118000031

SPR MMDS / Internal 15 dBi Vertical Antenna, including Wall Mounting Kit

09000092

SPR MMDS / External Antenna, including Wall Mounting Kit

09000093

21 dBi Vertical External Antenna for SPR MMDS 211-8000-029

PPR MMDS / Internal 15 dBi Vertical Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09700013

Customer Premise Equipment

PPR MMDS / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09700011

ASWipLL Product List System Descript ion

B-12 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

B.9. ASWipLL 2.8 ASWipLL 2.8 supports 2700 to 2900 MHz range and TDD duplexing method. The product list for ASWipLL 2.8 is listed in the table below.

Table B-11: Products specific to ASWipLL 2.8

Site Product Cat. No. BSR 2.8 / Internal 60 degree 11 dBi Vertical Antenna, incl Pole Mounting Kit

09100037 Base Station

BSR 2.8 / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit 09100049

SPR 2.8 / Internal 15 dBi Vertical Antenna, including Wall Mounting Kit

09000070 Customer Premise Equipment

SPR 2.8 / External Antenna, including Wall Mounting Kit

09000071

PPR 2.8 GHz TDD / Internal Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09700017 Point to Point Radio (PPR)

PPR 2.8 GHz TDD / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09700021

B.10. ASWipLL 3.x ASWipLL 3.x includes the following ASWipLL products: ! ASWipLL 3.35 TDD: 3300 to 3400 MHz, TDD ! ASWipLL 3.45 TDD: 3400 to 3500 MHz, TDD ! ASWipLL 3.45 FDD: 3400 to 3500 MHz, FDD, 50-MHz separation ! ASWipLL 3.5 FDD: 3400 to 3600 MHz, FDD, 100-MHz separation ! ASWipLL 3.55 TDD: 3500 to 3600 MHz, TDD ! ASWipLL 3.55 FDD: 3500 to 3600 MHz, FDD ! ASWipLL 3.6 TDD: 3550 to 3650 MHz, TDD ! ASWipLL 3.6 FDD: 3500 to 3700 MHz, FDD, 50- or 100-MHz separation ! ASWipLL 3.65 TDD: 3600 to 3700 MHz, TDD ! ASWipLL 3.7 FDD: 3600 to 3800 MHz, FDD, 100-MHz separation ! ASWipLL 3.75 TDD: 3700 to 3810 MHz, TDD

System Descript ion ASWipLL Product List

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. B-13

Table B-12: Products specific to ASWipLL 3.x

Site Product Cat. No. BSR 3.5 GHz FDD / Internal 60 degree 12 dBi Vertical Antenna, incl Pole Mounting Kit

09100039

BSR 3.5 GHz FDD / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09100040

Narrow Beam BSR 3.5 GHz FDD / Internal 15 degree 18 dBi Vertical Antenna, incl Pole Kit

09100038

BSR 3.7 GHz FDD / Internal 60 degree 12 dBi Vertical Antenna, incl Pole Mounting Kit

09100042

BSR 3.7 GHz FDD / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09100043

BSR 3.6 GHz FDD / Internal 60 degree 12 dBi Vertical Antenna, incl Pole Mounting Kit

09100110

BSR 3.6 GHz FDD / External Antenna, incl Pole Mounting Kit

09100111

BSR 3.45 GHz FDD / Internal 60 degree 12 dBi Vertical Antenna, incl Pole Mounting Kit

09100031

BSR 3.45 GHz FDD / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09100033

BSR 3.35 GHz TDD / External Antenna, incl Pole Mounting Kit

09100091

BSR 3.35 GHz TDD / Internal 60 degree 12 dBi Vertical Antenna, incl Pole Mounting Kit

09100090

BSR 3.45 GHz TDD / Internal 60 degree 12 dBi Vertical Antenna, incl Pole Mounting Kit

09100086

BSR 3.45 GHz TDD / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09100087

BSR 3.55 GHz TDD / Internal 60 degree 12 dBi Vertical Antenna, incl Pole Mounting Kit

09100082

BSR 3.55 GHz TDD / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09100083

BSR 3.55xGHz FDD50 V-pol 09100088 BSR 3.55xGHz FDD50 Ext 09100089 BSR 3.6xGHz TDD V-pol 09100114

Base Station

BSR 3.6xGHz TDD Ext 09100115

ASWipLL Product List System Descript ion

B-14 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Site Product Cat. No. BSR 3.65 GHz TDD / Internal 60 degree 12 dBi Vertical Antenna, incl Pole Mounting Kit

09100080

BSR 3.65 GHz TDD / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09100081

BSR 3.75 GHz TDD / Internal 60 degree 12 dBi Vertical Antenna, incl Pole Mounting Kit

09100084

BSR 3.75 GHz TDD / External Antenna, incl Pole Mounting Kit

09100085

30 degree 18 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR at 3400-3600 MHz

2118000009

60 degree 16.5 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR at 3400-3700 MHz

2118000002

60 degree 17 dBi Horizontal External Antenna for BSR at 3400-3700 MHz

2118000021

90 degree 15.5 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR at 3400-3700 MHz

2118000013

90 degree 14 dBi Horizontal External Antenna for BSR at 3400-3700 MHz

2118000020

120 degree 15 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR at 3400-3700 MHz

2118000003

120 degree 12 dBi Horizontal External Antenna for BSR at 3400-3600 MHz

2118000000

180 degree 14 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR at 3400-3700 MHz

2118000001

Omni Vertical External Antenna for BSR at 3400-3700 MHz 35000002

IDR 3.5 GHz FDD / Internal 10 dBi Vertical Antenna incl installation kit

09500025

IDR 3.5 GHz FDD / External Antenna incl installation kit 09500024 IDR 3.45 GHz FDD / Internal 10 dBi Vertical Antenna incl installation kit

09500014x

IDR 3.45 GHz FDD / External Antenna incl installation kit 09500013x IDR 3.55 GHz TDD / Internal 10 dBi Vertical Antenna incl installation kit

09500041

IDR 3.55 GHz TDD / External Antenna incl installation kit 09500040

Customer Premise Equipment

IDR 3.7 GHz FDD / Internal 10 dBi Vertical Antenna incl installation kit

09500051

System Descript ion ASWipLL Product List

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. B-15

Site Product Cat. No. IDR 3.7 GHz FDD / External Antenna incl installation kit 09500050 9dBi Vertical External Antenna for IDR at 3400-3700 MHz 35000004 SPR 3.5 GHz FDD / Internal 15 dBi Vertical Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000064

SPR 3.5 GHz FDD / External Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000065

SPR 3.5 GHz FDD - H / 15 dBi Internal Horizontal Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000128

Large SPR 3.5 GHz FDD / Internal 18 dBi Vertical Antenna including Pole Mounting Kit

09000130

SPR 3.7 GHz FDD / Internal 15 dBi Vertical Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000067

SPR 3.7 GHz FDD / External Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000068

Large SPR 3.7 GHz FDD / Internal 18 dBi Vertical Antenna including Pole Mounting Kit

09000170

SPR 3.6 GHz FDD / Internal 15 dBi Vertical Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000160

SPR 3.6 GHz FDD / External Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000161

SPR 3.45 GHz FDD / Internal 15 dBi Vertical Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000162

SPR 3.45 GHz FDD / External Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000163

SPR 3.35 GHz TDD / Internal 15 dBi Vertical Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000053

SPR 3.35 GHz FDD / External Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000141

SPR 3.45 GHz TDD / Internal 15 dBi Vertical Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000126

SPR 3.45 GHz TDD / External Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000127

SPR 3.55 GHz TDD / Internal 15 dBi Vertical Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000122

SPR 3.55 GHz TDD / External Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000123

ASWipLL Product List System Descript ion

B-16 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Site Product Cat. No. SPR 3.55xGHz FDD50 V-pol 09000132 SPR 3.55xGHz FDD50 Ext 09000133 Large SPR 3.55 GHz TDD / Internal 18 dBi Vertical Antenna including Pole Mounting Kit

09000131

SPR 3.6xGHz TDD V-pol 09000164 SPR 3.6xGHz TDD Ext 09000165 SPR 3.65 GHz TDD / Internal 15 dBi Vertical Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000120

SPR 3.65 GHz TDD / External Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000121

SPR 3.75 GHz TDD / Internal 15 dBi Vertical Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000124

SPR 3.75 GHz TDD / External Antenna including Wall Mounting Kit

09000125

23 dBi Vertical External Antenna for SPR at 3400-3700 MHz

2118000030

PPR 3.5 GHz FDD / Internal 16 degree 18 dBi Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09700003

PPR 3.5 GHz FDD / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09700004

PPR 3.35 GHz TDD / Internal 16 degree 18 dBi Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09700019

PPR 3.45 GHz TDD / Internal 16 degree 18 dBi Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09700016

PPR 3.55 GHz TDD / Internal 16 degree 18 dBi Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09700014

PPR 3.55 GHz TDD / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09700008

PPR 3.7 GHz FDD / Internal 16 degree 18 dBi Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09700015

PPR 3.7 GHz FDD / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09700020

Point to Point Radio (PPR)

23 dBi Vertical External Antenna for PPR at 3400-3700 MHz

2118000030

System Descript ion ASWipLL Product List

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. B-17

B.11. ASWipLL 5.8 ASWipLL 5.8 supports 5725 to 5875 MHz range, and TDD duplexing method. The product list for ASWipLL 5.8 is listed in the table below.

Table B-13: Products specific to ASWipLL 5.8

Site Product Cat. No. BSR 5.8 / Internal 60 degree 12 dBi Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09100034

BSR 5.8 / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit 09100035 60 degree 17 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 5.8 2118000039 90 degree 16.5 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 5.8 (Vendor: Tiltek)

35000066

90 degree 16 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 5.8 (Vendor: Tiltek)

35000039

90 degree 16 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 5.8 (Vendor: MARS)

2118000038

120 degree 14.5 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 5.8

2118000037

Base Station

Omni 9 dBi Vertical External Antenna for BSR 5.8 35000005

SPR 5.8 / Internal 16 dBi Vertical Antenna, including Wall Mounting Kit

09000050

SPR 5.8 / External Antenna, including Wall Mounting Kit

09000051

Customer Premise Equipment

23 dBi Vertical External Antenna for SPR 5.8 2118000034

PPR 5.8 / Internal 60 degree 16 dBi Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit

09700005

PPR 5.8 / External Antenna, including Pole Mounting Kit 09700006

Point to Point Radio (PPR)

23 dBi Vertical External Antenna for PPR 5.8 2118000034

ASWipLL Product List System Descript ion

B-18 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

This page is intentionally left blank.

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. C-1

ASWipLL Feature ListASWipLL Feature ListASWipLL Feature ListASWipLL Feature List This appendix lists the main software features for the following ASWipLL radio hardware configurations:

! 3M: supports 3 Mbps transmission rate mode

! 4M: supports either 3 Mbps or 4 Mbps transmission rate mode

Table C-1: ASWipLL main software features

Feature 4M HW 3M HW Comment Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum

√ √

FSK Modulation √ √ FDD / TDD √ √ • FDD: 3.x GHz

• TDD: for all operating frequency bands including 3.x GHz

RF

Two main modes: • 4 Mbps / 1.33 Mbps • 3 Mbps / 2 Mbps / 1 Mbps

√ × 3M HW supports only 3 Mbps, 2 Mbps, and 1 Mbps modes

Pre-emptive Polling Multiple Access

√ √

SPR/IDR AutoConnect √ √ SPR/IDR Authentication √ √

MAC

Encryption √ √ IP Routing √ √ PPPoE bridging √ ×

Networking

Transparent bridging √ √

C

ASWipLL Feature L ist System Descript ion

C-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Feature 4M HW 3M HW Comment DiffServ / TOS √ √ 802.1Q/p VLANs/de facto VPNs √ √ CIR and MIR √ √ CIR Proportional Degradation √ √ Fairness √ √ Enhanced QoS based on addresses, protocols and applications

√ √

IP filters - based on addresses, protocols and applications

√ ×

SNMP √ √ TFTP SW upgrade √ √ Serial (RS232) √ √ Via PC √ √ Via PDA √ √ Automatic Download √ √ Configuration File √ √

Management

RSSI LED plug √ √

Notes: • PPPoE bridging and IP filters cannot operate simultaneously. • IP filters are not supported in Transparent Bridging mode. • Switching between IP Routing / PPPoE Bridging mode and Transparent Bridging mode can only

be performed locally. • Implementation of 802.1Q is different between IP Routing / PPPoE Bridging mode and

Transparent Bridging mode. • 4M/1.33M mode: PPPoE Bridging and IP filters are not supported in previous "3M BSR/SPR

hardware".

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. D-1

IP Routing IP Routing IP Routing IP Routing //// PPPoE v PPPoE v PPPoE v PPPoE vs. s. s. s. Transparent BridgingTransparent BridgingTransparent BridgingTransparent Bridging Supported ASWipLL features depend on whether ASWipLL is configured for transparent bridging or IP routing. The table below lists the supported features for each of these modes.

Table D-1: Supported features for IP routing and transparent bridging

Feature IP Routing Transparent bridging

Comment

IP Routing Yes No In Transparent Bridge mode the following are irrelevant: • Static routing table • DHCP relay agent • Intracom GW • Air IP addresses • Default Gateway per VLAN

PPPoE bridging

Yes Yes When used as a transparent bridge, all protocols are bridged, including PPPoE. ASWipLL PPPoE configuration is irrelevant in this mode.

Bridging IP packets

No Yes As a transparent bridge, all protocols are bridged, including IP. The same IP subnet can be used in a full ASWipLL setup.

Forwarding protocols other than IP and PPPoE

No Yes As a transparent bridge, all protocols are bridged.

QoS Yes Yes Based on IP addresses, protocols,

D

IP Routing / PPPoE vs. Transparent Br idging System Descript ion

D-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Feature IP Routing Transparent bridging

Comment

applications, DiffServ/TOS, or 802.1p IP filters Yes No VLANs Yes:

SPR/IDR in tag mode supports VLAN for IP and VLAN for PPPoE. BSR supports up to 16 VLANs for IP.

Yes: SPR/IDR in tag mode supports a single VLAN.

In transparent bridge mode, many of the restrictions on VLAN settings are removed: • Different VLANs can belong to the

same IP subnet (and in some networks the same IP addresses can even be used in different VLANs).

• No BSR related limitation on the number of VLANs in IP-based environment.

Support for old "3 Mbps Hardware" BSRs/SPRs

Yes without IP filters and PPPoE bridging

Yes

Bandwidth Management

Yes Yes

Authentication and Encryption

Yes Yes

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. E-1

ASWipLL MTBF RatingsASWipLL MTBF RatingsASWipLL MTBF RatingsASWipLL MTBF Ratings Reliability prediction or mean time between failures (MTBF) of the ASWipLL system was performed according to BELLCORE TR-332 (see ref. 5.1). The prediction was performed for GF Environment, 25°C ambient temperatures for the indoor subsystem and for GF Environment, 35°C ambient temperatures for the outdoor subsystem.

The table below lists the MTBF (in hours) predictions for each ASWipLL device.

Table E-1: MTBF for ASWipLL devices

ASWipLL device MTBF (in hours) BSR (outdoor) 91,778 PPR (outdoor) 91,778 SPR (outdoor) 87,781 IDR (indoor) 490,890 SDA (indoor) 156,724 BSDU (indoor) 183,238 BSPS (indoor) 150,000

E

ASWipLL MTBF Rat ings System Descript ion

E-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

This page is intentionally left blank.

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. F-1

ASWipLL ASWipLL ASWipLL ASWipLL IntegratedIntegratedIntegratedIntegrated Antenna Antenna Antenna Antenna SpecificationsSpecificationsSpecificationsSpecifications This appendix provides general specifications of the integrated flat-panel antennas contained in ASWipLL radios. (For detailed specifications, please contact your Airspan representative.)

F.1. Specifications The tables below list the specifications of the integrated flat-panel antennas contained in the BSR, PPR, SPR, and IDR radios.

Table F-1: BSR integrated antenna specifications

Parameter

BSR model

Freq. range (MHz)

Gain (dBi)

Beam width H x V

(degree)

Polarization VSWR Impe-dance (ohm)

Front-to-

back ratio (dB)

700 MHz

710 - 716 and 740- 746

8 60 x 60 Vertical 1:1.6 50 20

900 MHz

902 - 928 8 60 x 60 Vertical 1:1.9 50 23

1.5 GHz 1425 - 1525

8.5 65 x 41 Vertical 1:1.6 50 18

2.3 GHz 2,300 - 2,400

10.5 65 x 23 Vertical 1:1.6 50 25

2.4 GHz 2,400 - 2,500

11.5 60 x 25 Vertical 1:1.5 50 25

F

ASWipLL Integrated Antenna Specif icat ions System Descript ion

F-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Parameter

BSR model

Freq. range (MHz)

Gain (dBi)

Beam width H x V

(degree)

Polarization VSWR Impe-dance (ohm)

Front-to-

back ratio (dB)

MMDS 2,500 - 2,690

11 65 x 22 Vertical 1:1.6 50 25

2.8 GHz 2,700 - 2,900

11 60 x 23 Vertical 1:1.5 50 25

3.x GHz 3,300 - 3,800

12 60 x 17 Vertical 1:1.5 50 25

Narrow-beam 3.x GHz

3,400 -3,700

18 16 x 18 Vertical 1:1.5 50 30

5.8 GHz 5,725 - 5,875

11 66 x 19 Vertical 1:1.6 50 21

Table F-2: PPR integrated antenna specifications

Parameter

PPR type

Freq. range (MHz)

Gain (dBi)

Beam width H x V

(degree)

Polarization VSWR Impe-dance (ohm)

Front-to-

back ratio (dB)

2.4 GHz 2,400 -2,500

18 19 x 25 Vertical 1:1.6 50 28

2.5 GHz 2,500 - 2,690

11 65 x 22 Vertical 1:1.6 50 25

2.8 GHz 2,700 - 2,900

11 60 x 23 Vertical 1:1.5 50 25

3.x GHz 3,400 -3,700

18 16 x 18 Vertical 1:1.5 50 30

5.8 GHz 5,725 - 5,875

16 60 x 15 Vertical 1:1.5 50 25

System Descript ion ASWipLL Integrated Antenna Specif icat ions

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. F-3

Table F-3: SPR integrated antenna specifications

Parameter

SPR type

Freq. range (MHz)

Gain (dBi)

Beam width H x V

(degree)

Polarization VSWR Impe-dance (ohm)

Front-to-

back ratio (dB)

700 MHz

710 - 716 and 740- 746

7.5 70 x 70 Vertical 1:2.2 50 15

900 MHz

902 - 928 8 64 x 73 Vertical 1:1.9 50 23

900 MHz

902 - 928 8 65 x 70 Horizontal 1:2 50 27

1.5 GHz 1427 - 1525

11 34 x 55 Vertical 1:1.7 50 16

2.3 GHz 2,300 - 2,400

14 25 x 33 Vertical 1:1.6 50 25

2.4 GHz 2,400 - 2,500

15 24 x 33 Vertical 1:1.6 50 28

High-gain 2.4 GHz

2,400 - 2,500

18 19 x 25 Vertical 1:1.6 50 28

MMDS 2,500 - 2,690

15 21 x 29 Vertical 1:1.6 50 25

2.8 GHz 2,700 - 2,900

15 21 x 30 Vertical 1:1.6 50 25

3.5 GHz 3,400 - 3,600

15 18 x 28 Vertical / Horizontal

1:1.6 50 25

High-gain 3.5 GHz

3,400 - 3,600

18 16 x 18 Vertical 1:1.6 50 30

5.8 GHz 5,725 - 5,875

16 12 X 21 Vertical 1:1.6 50 25

ASWipLL Integrated Antenna Specif icat ions System Descript ion

F-4 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

Table F-4: IDR integrated antenna specifications

Parameter

IDR type

Freq. range (MHz)

Gain (dBi)

Beam width H x V

(degree)

Polarization VSWR Impe-dance (ohm)

Front-to-

back ratio (dB)

700 MHz

698 - 746 6 96 x 72 Vertical 1:2.8 50 20

900 MHz

902 - 928 8 67 x 93 Vertical 1:1.9 50 17

2.4 GHz 2,400 - 2,500

10 65 x 32 Vertical 1:1.6 50 25

3.5 GHz 3,400 - 3,600

11 60 x 33 Vertical 1:1.6 50 17

Notes: 1) The 700 MHz internal antenna covers only 710 to 716 MHz and 740 to 746 MHz (i.e. Band-C). To cover the entire band of 698 to 746 MHz, an external antenna is used (see Section 2.5.3, "RF Planning Considerations for Band-C in FCC Markets"). 2) For additional information regarding integral antennas, please contact your Airspan representative.

F.2. Radiation Patterns This section provides descriptions of radiation patterns of the integrated flat-panel antennas of ASWipLL radios operating in the following frequency bands:

! 900 MHz (ASWipLL 900)

! 2.4 GHz (ASWipLL 2.4)

! 2.6 GHz MMDS (ASWipLL 2.6)

! 2.8 GHz (ASWipLL 2.8)

! 3.5 GHz (ASWipLL 3.5)

! 5.8 GHz (ASWipLL 5.8)

System Descript ion ASWipLL Integrated Antenna Specif icat ions

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. F-5

F.2.1. ASWipLL 900 The antenna patterns for BSR and SPR (ASWipLL 900) operating in the 900 MHz band is as follows:

Figure F-1: SPR and BSR 900 MHz antenna pattern envelope azimuth

Figure F-2: SPR and BSR 900 MHz antenna pattern envelope elevation

ASWipLL Integrated Antenna Specif icat ions System Descript ion

F-6 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

F.2.2. ASWipLL 2.4 The antenna patterns of ASWipLL 2.4 operating in the 2.4 GHz band is as follows:

! BSR (Base Station):

Figure F-3: BSR 2.4 GHz antenna pattern envelope (A azimuth; E elevation)

! SPR:

Figure F-4: SPR 2.4 GHz antenna pattern envelope (A azimuth; E elevation)

Note: Each ring in the figures above corresponds to 5-dB attenuation.

System Descript ion ASWipLL Integrated Antenna Specif icat ions

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. F-7

F.2.3. ASWipLL MMDS The antenna patterns of ASWipLL MMDS operating in the 2.5 GHz band is as follows:

! BSR (Base Station):

Figure F-5: BSR 2.5 GHz antenna pattern Azimuth plane

Figure F-6: BSR 2.6 GHz antenna pattern Elevation plane

ASWipLL Integrated Antenna Specif icat ions System Descript ion

F-8 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

! SPR terminal antenna pattern envelope (azimuth and elevation):

Figure F-7: SPR 2.5 GHz antenna pattern Azimuth plane

Figure F-8: SPR 2.5 GHz antenna pattern - Elevation plane

System Descript ion ASWipLL Integrated Antenna Specif icat ions

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. F-9

F.2.4. ASWipLL 2.8 The antenna patterns of ASWipLL 2.8 operating in the 2.8 GHz band is as follows:

! BSR (Base Station):

Figure F-9: BSR 2.8 GHz antenna pattern envelope azimuth

Figure F-10: BSR 2.8 GHz antenna pattern envelope elevation

ASWipLL Integrated Antenna Specif icat ions System Descript ion

F-10 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

! SPR:

Figure F-11: SPR 2.8 GHz antenna pattern envelope - azimuth

Figure F-12: SPR 2.8 GHz antenna pattern envelope - elevation

System Descript ion ASWipLL Integrated Antenna Specif icat ions

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. F-11

F.2.5. ASWipLL 3.5 The antenna patterns of ASWipLL 3.5 operating in the 3.5 GHz band is as follows:

! BSR (Base Station) complies with European Standard EN 302 085 CS1:

Figure F-13: BSR 3.5 GHz antenna pattern envelope (A azimuth; E elevation)

! SPR (complies with European Standard EN 302 085 TS2):

Figure F-14: SPR 3.5 GHz antenna pattern envelope (A azimuth; E elevation)

Note: Each ring in the figures above corresponds to a 5-dB attenuation.

ASWipLL Integrated Antenna Specif icat ions System Descript ion

F-12 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

F.2.6. ASWipLL 5.8 The antenna patterns of ASWipLL 5.8 operating in the 5.8 GHz band is as follows:

! BSR (Base Station) complies with European Standard EN 302 085 CS1:

Figure F-15: BSR 5.8 GHz antenna pattern envelope (A azimuth; E elevation)

! SPR (complies with European Standard EN 302 085 TS2):

Figure F-16: SPR 5.8 GHz antenna pattern envelope (A azimuth; E elevation)

Note: Each ring in the figures above corresponds to a 5-dB attenuation.

25030311-11 Airspan Networks Inc. G-1

Declaration of FCC Declaration of FCC Declaration of FCC Declaration of FCC ConformityConformityConformityConformity We, Airspan Networks Inc., declare that the ASWipLL radios listed in the table below comply with FCC Rules. We further declare that only the antenna installation configurations shown in the table below are used in specific installations.

Table G-1: FCC compliancy for ASWipLL radios

ASWipLL radio Operating frequency

Product description (antenna configuration)

FCC Rule

700 MHz Only external antenna Part 27 900 MHz Either external or internal antenna Part 15 2.4 GHz Only internal antenna Part 15 2.5 GHz Only internal antenna Part 21

BSR (outdoor radio)

5.8 GHz Only internal antenna Part 15 700 MHz Only external antenna Part 27 900 MHz Either external or internal antenna Part 15 2.4 GHz Only internal antenna Part 15 2.5 GHz Only internal antenna Part 21

SPR (outdoor radio)

5.8 GHz Only internal antenna Part 15 900 MHz Either external or internal antenna Part 15 IDR (indoor radio) 2.4 GHz Only internal antenna Part 15

G

Declarat ion of FCC Conformi ty System Descript ion

G-2 Airspan Networks Inc. 25030311-11

The table below lists the ASWipLL radio compliancy to FCC for maximum transmit power output at the antenna connector.

Table G-2: ASWipLL radio FCC compliancy for maximum transmit power and EIRP

Frequency Mode Max. Tx power at antenna connector

Max. EIRP System mode

700 MHz 3 Mbps/ 4 Mbps 31.8 dBm According to FCC approved antenna gain

Digital

3 Mbps 17.5 dBm 36 dBm Hybrid 900 MHz 4 Mbps 23 dBm 36 dBm Hybrid

2.4 GHz 3 Mbps/4 Mbps 23 dBm 36 dBm Hybrid 2.5 GHz (MMDS)

3 Mbps/4 Mbps 28.8 dBm According to FCC approved antenna gain

Digital

3 Mbps 17.6 dBm 36 dBm Hybrid 5.8 GHz 4 Mbps 21 dBm 36 dBm Hybrid